Manual m578 PDF

This is a reproduction of a library book that was digitized
by Google as part of an ongoing effort to preserve the

information in books and make it universally accessible.
https://books.google.com
WILS
38-10
GOVU
D 101.11 : 9-2350-238-10
TM 9-2350-238-10
OPERATOR'S MANUAL
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
CHECKS AND SERVICES PAGE 2-18
OPERATION UNDER USUAL

CONDITIONS PAGE 2-49
0 0
0 0 OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL
CONDITIONS PAGE 2-108
2
TROUBLESHOOTING
PROCEDURES PAGE 3-3
MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES PAGE 3-28
This copy is a reprint which includes current

pages from Change 1 .
UNIVERSITY OF MINNESUTA
RECOVERY VEHICLE , GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS LIBRARY
FULL TRACKED : LIGHT,
ARMORED , M578 FEB 2 1 1991
U.S. DEPOSITORY PROPERTY
U.S. - G.P.O. - D - 295
( 2350-00-439-6242 )
DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A. Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited .
HEADQUARTERS . DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY

April 1990
TM 9-2350-238-10
WARNING
GENERAL
Protect your hearing . Use hearing protection when operating vehicle due to high
intensity noise .
Dry cleaning solvent ( SD - 2 ) is toxic and flammable . Wear protective goggles

( item 18 , appx D ) and gloves ( item 17 , appx D ) , and use only in a well
1 .
ventilated area . Avoid contact with skin , eyes , and clothes and don't breathe
vapors . Do not use near open flame or excessive heat . The flash point is 100 ° F
- 138 ° F ( 38 °C - 59 ° C ) . If you become dizzy while using cleaning solvent , get
fresh air immediately and get medical aid . If contact with eyes is made , wash
your eyes with water and get medical aid immediately .
Remove all watches and jewelry from your person to prevent possible injury by
becoming entangled in vehicle .
Unusable CARC mixtures may be considered hazardous waste and may require
disposal in accordance with Federal , state , DOD , and DA hazardous waste
regulations . Consult the installation environmental office for proper disposal
guidance . Mixed CARC has a flashpoint of approximately 38 ° F ( 3 °C ) due to the
incorporation of solvents and is highly flammable .
DRIVING
Driver will remain in driver's compartment while engine is running .
Drive carefully , especially if you're not experienced with vehicle . On hard pave
ment avoid oversteering and speeding ; you could lose control of vehicle .
Be sure that driver's cupola cover is secured in either open or closed position .
Fasten your seat belt and alert crew members to fasten their seat belts to avoid
injury in the event of a sudden stop or directional change .
Use brakes to prevent vehicle speed from overrunning engine speed . If vehicle
speed overruns engine speed , you will not be able to downshift to a lower range
and may lose control .
Do not apply brakes if you throw a track during operation ; allow vehicle to coast
to a halt .
BATTERY
Turn off MASTER switch , radio , and other electrical loads when working on
batteries .
Electrolytic action forms EXPLOSIVE hydrogen gas . DO NOT cause a spark

across battery terminals . The battery may blow up in your face .
Battery corrosion is an acid and will eat holes in your clothing . Wash any corro
sion off your skin immediately .
a
TM 9-2350-238-10
WARNING
FUEL
Diesel fuel is FLAMMABLE . DO NOT smoke in vicinity while servicing fuel

system .
TRANSMISSION
If transmission is overfilled or reservoir is full , pressure may build up in transmis

sion and cause violent eruption of oil when transmission oil level dipstick is
removed .
AIR FILTER
Always wear protective goggles and stand upwind of blast when using com
pressed air to clean air filters .
GAS - PARTICULATE FILTER UNIT
Do not remove contaminated filters from the filter unit . Notify NBC unit
maintenance officer assigned to remove and dispose of contaminated filters .
Carbon monoxide is a poisonous gas and can cause personal injury and possible
death . The M8A2 or M8A3 gas- particulate filter unit will not protect against car
bon monoxide . If you have symptoms of carbon monoxide poisoning , seek im
mediate medical help . Keep area adequately ventilated .
Contaminated air filters ( NBC ) must be handled using adequate precautions
(refer to FM 3-87 ) and must be disposed of by authorized personnel .
COOLANT
Do not remove radiator caps on an overheated engine .

Do not attempt to drain coolant from a hot engine .
TRACK
Be sure fixtures are seated properly when replacing or repairing track ; injury to
personnel may result if fixtures fall off .
MACHINE GUN
Make certain machine gun is clear of ammo and barrel is free of obstructions
before doing PMCS procedures .
TOW
Place transmission shift lever in neutral and lock brakes on both vehicles before
removing tow bar .
Do not depress accelerator on towed vehicle and do not exceed 10 miles per
hour when tow starting vehicle .
Do not attempt to tow -start an M110A2 with the recovery vehicle . Use another
M110A2 vehicle . The M110A2 cannon and muzzle brake will not clear the
M578 cab .
b
TM 9-2350-238-10
WARNING
CABLE, BOOM , AND LEVEL WIND
Always wear leather gloves when handling winch cable . Never allow cable to
run through hands . Broken wires can cause painful injuries . Do not operate
winch/crane with less than four turns of wire ropes on drums . Failure to observe
these warnings could result in injuries to personnel .
During winch / crane operations direct all personnel to stay clear of operations
area . A snapped cable or shifting load can be extremely dangerous . If faulty
equipment halts operation , notify unit maintenance personnel immediately .
Arrange signals with equipment operator per FM 21-60 to prevent injury to per
sonnel or damage to equipment during loading/unloading operations .
Equipment operators will not allow personnel to stand or walk under lifted load .
Any kinks , crushed sections , or broken strands are potential weak points and
can cause wire rope failure . Frayed , kinked , worn , or corroded ropes must be
replaced . Rope is unsafe if 3 broken wires are found in one strand of 6 x 7
rope , 6 broken wires in one strand of 6 x 19 rope , or 9 broken wires in one
strand of 6 x 37 rope .
Do not touch level wind slide assembly unless the level wind switch is in OFF
position . Unexpected turning of cab and boom may injure personnel and damage
equipment .
Make sure all personnel stand clear of any suspended load when releasing boom
winch brake .
Make sure all personnel stand clear of boom .
Make sure all personnel stand clear of any load supported by the wire rope
which may roll free when releasing tow winch brake .
с
TM 9-2350-238-10
WARNING
CARBON MONOXIDE POISONING IS DEADLY
CARBON MONOXIDE IS A COLORLESS , ODORLESS , DEADLY POISONOUS GAS

WHICH , WHEN BREATHED , DEPRIVES THE BODY OF OXYGEN AND CAUSES
SUFFOCATION . EXPOSURE TO AIR CONTAMINATED WITH CARBON MONOX
IDE PRODUCES SYMPTOMS OF HEADACHE , DIZZINESS , LOSS OF MUSCULAR
CONTROL, APPARENT DROWSINESS , OR COMA . PERMANENT BRAIN
DAMAGE OR DEATH CAN RESULT FROM SEVERE EXPOSURE .
CARBON MONOXIDE OCCURS IN THE EXHAUST FUMES OF FUEL- BURNING

HEATERS AND INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINES AND BECOMES
DANGEROUSLY CONCENTRATED UNDER CONDITIONS OF INADEQUATE VEN
TILATION . THE FOLLOWING PRECAUTIONS MUST BE OBSERVED TO ENSURE
THE SAFETY OF PERSONNEL WHENEVER THE PERSONNEL HEATER , MAIN , OR
AUXILIARY ENGINE OF ANY VEHICLE IS OPERATED FOR MAINTENANCE PUR
POSES OR TACTICAL USE .
1. DO NOT operate heater or engine in an enclosed area unless it is ADE

QUATELY VENTILATED .
2. DO NOT idle engine for long periods without maintaining ADEQUATE

VENTILATION in personnel compartments .
3. DO NOT drive any vehicle with inspection plates , cover plates , or engine
compartment covers removed unless necessary for maintenance purposes .
4. BE ALERT at all times during vehicle operation for exhaust odors and ex
posure symptoms . If either are present , IMMEDIATELY VENTILATE per
sonnel compartments . If symptoms persist , remove affected personnel
from vehicle and treat as follows : expose to fresh air ; keep warm ; DO
NOT PERMIT PHYSICAL EXERCISE ; if necessary , administer artificial
respiration .
THE BEST DEFENSE AGAINST CARBON MONOXIDE POISONING IS ADEQUATE

VENTILATION .
FIRST AID
Refer to FM 21-11 , First Aid for Soldiers .
d
* TM 9-2350-238-10
TECHNICAL MANUAL HEADQUARTERS

DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
TM 9-2350-238-10 Washington D.C. , 27 April 1990
Operator's Manual
RECOVERY VEHICLE , FULL TRACKED :
LIGHT , ARMORED , M578
( 2350-00-439-6242 )
DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A. Approved for public release ; distribution is unlimited .
REPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS
You can help improve this manual . If you find any mistakes or if you know of a
way to improve the procedures , please let us know . Mail your letter or DA Form
2028 ( Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms ) , or DA Form
2028-2 located in the back of this manual direct to : Commander , US Army Ar
mament , Munitions and Chemical Command , Attn : AMSMC - MAS , Rock Island ,
IL 61299-6000 . A reply will be furnished to you .
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 0 1-1
Section 1 General Information 1-1
Section II Equipment Description . 1-2
Section Technical Principles of Operation . 1-17
CHAPTER 2 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 2-1

Section 1 Description and Use of Operator's Controls and Indicators 2-2
Section U Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services 2-18
Section Operation Under Usual Conditions 2-49
Section IV Operation Under Unusual Conditions 2-108
CHAPTER 3 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS 3-1

Section 1 Lubrication Instructions 3-2
Section II Troubleshooting Procedures 3-3
Section III Maintenance Procedures 3-28

Section IV Maintenance Under Unusual Conditions 3-53
CHAPTER 4 MAINTENANCE OF AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT • 4-1
* This manual supersedes TM 9-2350-238-10, 17 March 1978 , including all changes .
i
TM 9-2350-238-10
TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED

Page
CHAPTER 5 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF SPECIAL PURPOSE KITS ... 5-1
APPENDIX A REFERENCES . A- 1
APPENDIX B COMPONENTS OF END ITEM AND BASIC ISSUE ITEMS LISTS B- 1

Section . Introduction B- 1
Section Components of End Item B-2
Section UL Basic Issue Items.. B -4
APPENDIX C ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST C-1

Section | Introduction C-1
Section Il Additional Authorization List C-2
APPENDIX D EXPENDABLE/DURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST D- 1

Section 1 Introduction D- 1
Section Il Expendable/Durable Supplies and Materials List D- 2
APPENDIX E STOWAGE AND SIGN GUIDE (FOR COMPONENTS OF END ITEM ,

BASIC ISSUE ITEMS , AND APPLICABLE ADDITIONAL
AUTHORIZATION LIST ITEMS) E- 1
APPENDIX F ON -VEHICLE EQUIPMENT LOADING PLAN F- 1
INDEX . 1-1
ii
TM 9-2350-238-10
CHAPTER 1
INTRODUCTION
CHAPTER INDEX
Page
CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROL ( CPC ) . 1-2
EQUIPMENT CHARACTERISTICS, CAPABILITIES, AND FEATURES . 1-3
Capabilities and features .. 1-3

1-3
Purpose
EQUIPMENT DATA 1-13
HAND RECEIPT ( -HR ) MANUALS .
1-2
LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS . . 1 1-3
MAINTENANCE FORMS AND RECORDS . 1-2
REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS ( EIR'S ) 1-2
SCOPE . 1-1
Section 1 . GENERAL INFORMATION
0 9
2 0
SECTION INDEX
Page
CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROL ( CPC ) . 1-2
HAND RECEIPT ( -HR ) MANUALS .. 1-2
MAINTENANCE FORMS AND RECORDS 1-2
REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS ( EIR'S ) 1-2
SCOPE . 1-1
SCOPE
This manual is for your use in operating and pose kits are provided to aid recovery opera
maintaining the Armored Light Full Tracked tions in cold climates . Operation and
Recovery Vehicle M578 . The vehicle is pro maintenance of these kits are covered in
vided with a boom , winches , and equipment Chapter 5 .
to perform its recovery mission . Special pur
1-1
TM 9-2350-238-10
MAINTENANCE FORMS AND RECORDS Let us know why you don't like the design or
performance . Put it on an SF 368 ( Product
Department of the Army forms and pro Quality Deficiency Report ) . Mail it to us at US
cedures used for equipment maintenance will Army Armament , Munitions , and Chemical
be those prescribed by DA PAM 738-750, Command , ATTN : AMSMC -QAD , Rock Island ,
The Army Maintenance Management System IL 61299-6000. We'll send you a reply .
(TAMMS ) .
CORROSION PREVENTION AND CON
HAND RECEIPT ( -HR ) MANUALS TROL (CPC )
This manual has a companion document with a . Corrosion Prevention and Control (CPC )
a
a TM number followed by " -HR ' (which of Army material is a continuing concern . It is
stands for Hand Receipt ) . The TM important that any corrosion problems with
9-2350-238-10-HR consists of preprinted this item be reported so that the problem can
hand receipts ( DA Form 2062 ) that list end be corrected and improvements can be made
item related equipment (i.e. , COEI , BII , and to prevent the problem in the future .
AAL ) you must account for . As an aid to
property accountability , additional -HR b. While corrosion is typically associated
manuals may be requisitioned from the with rusting of metals , it can also include
deterioration of other materials such as rubbe
following source in accordance with pro
cedures in Chapter 3 , AR 25-30 :
I
and plastic . Unusual cracking , softening ,
swelling , or breaking of these materials may
Commander be a corrosion problem .
US Army Publications Distribution Center
- St. Louis C. If a corrosion problem is identified , it
ATTN : SFIS -APC - S -OC can be reported using SF 368 , Product Quali
1655 Woodson Road ty Deficiency Report . Use of key words such
St. Louis , MO 63114-6181
. as corrosion ," " rust, '' “ deterioration , " or
" cracking '' will assure that the information is
REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT identified as a CPC problem .
RECOMMENDATIONS ( EIR'S )
d. The form should be submitted to : Com
If your M578 Recovery Vehicle needs im mander , US Army Armament , Munitions and
provement , let us know . Send us an EIR . Chemical Command , ATTN : AMSMC - QAS/
You , the user , are the only one who can tell Customer Feedback Center , Rock Island , Il
us what you don't like about your equipment . linois 61299-6000 .
Section II . EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION

SECTION INDEX
Page
EQUIPMENT CHARACTERISTICS , CAPABILITIES , AND FEATURES . 1-3
Capabilities and features .. 1-3
Purpose 1-3
EQUIPMENT DATA . 1 1-13
LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS 1-3
1-2
TM 9-2350-238-10
EQUIPMENT CHARACTERISTICS , CAPABILITIES , AND FEATURES

PURPOSE transported . The vehicle is capable of long
range , high -speed operation on improved
The M578 Recovery Vehicle is used to pick roads . It can also traverse rough terrain , mud
up or tow disabled mechanized equipment, as dy or marshy ground , snow or ice , and can
a crane at repair base , and as a carrying plat ford streams of a depth of 42 in . ( 106.7 cm ) .
form for spare parts and maintenance
personnel . A suspension lockout system and a spade
assembly provide a stable platform and in
CAPABILITIES AND FEATURES crease lifting and winching capabilities of the
vehicle . Suspension lockout system , boom ,
The M578 Recovery Vehicle is a light , full winches , cab , and spade are hydraulically
tracked , self-propelled , diesel -powered vehicle powered .
with a 30,000 lb ( 13,620 kg ) boom winch
and a 60,000 lb ( 27,240 kg ) tow winch A machine gun mount support is installed on
mounted in an armored cab . It is highly the rigger/gunner cupola to accommodate a
mobile and maneuverable and may be air Browning M2 caliber .50 machine gun .
LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS
The following pages show location and give a

brief description of components and ac
cessories with which the crew must be
familiar to effectively operate the M578
Recovery Vehicle .
M578 RECOVERY VEHICLE - LEFT FRONT VIEW
1 CRANE . Crane consists of boom , cab ,

boom cylinders , boom cable , tow cable , 1 4
hydraulic reservoir , seats , and operating
controls . 3
2 HULL . Hull is an armor steel and armor

3
steel plate weldment which forms vehicle
chassis .
3 FLOODLIGHT . Two 24- volt sealed beam

units provide illumination for night
operations . 그
4 CRANE OPERATOR'S CUPOLA . Crane

operator's cupola consists of an armor
plate mounting ring welded to cab and an
armor-plate cover hinged to cab top and
counterbalanced by a torsion bar . Six M17
periscopes are provided for external
vision . 2
1-3
TM 9-2350-238-10
LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS - CONTINUED

-
M578 RECOVERY VEHICLE - LEFT FRONT VIEW - CONTINUED
5 6
7
17
8
16 9 13
10
11
( 12
15
14
1-4
TM 9-2350-238-10
M578 RECOVERY VEHICLE - LEFT FRONT VIEW - CONTINUED
5 CAB . Cab is an armor steel weldment 11 FIXED FIRE EXTINGUISHER CONTROL

which houses hydraulic reservoir ; sup HANDLE . Control handle starts a fixed
ports boom , winches, and controls ; and fire extinguisher system to protect vehi
provides protection for crew members . It cle and crew in the event of fire in
has provision for radio and intercom engine compartment.
munication equipment . Doors are pro
vided for access to cab and stowage 12 ENGINE AIR CLEANER ACCESS DOOR .
compartments . This door provides access to engine air
intake filters for cleaning and replace
6 MACHINE GUN . M578 Recovery Vehicle ment purposes .
armament is a heavy barrel M2 Browning
Caliber .50 Machine Gun . 13 VISE . Vise is mounted on surface above
air filter compartment .
7 RIGGER /GUNNER CUPOLA . Rigger/gun
ner cupola consists of an armor-plate 14 TRACK . Right and left tracks consist of
hinged cupola cover , traverse ring , six rubber-padded steel track shoes and are
M17 periscopes for external vision , and driven by drive sprockets attached to
caliber .50 machine gun mount support . final drives .
Cover is counterbalanced by a torsion
bar . 15 SINGLE BOOM BLOCK . Single boom
block is a sheave , block , and hook
8 FLASHER LAMP. Flasher lamp warns on assembly used to increase capability of
coming traffic and personnel during boom winch .
travel and recovery operations .
16 BOOM . Boom is a box section steel plate
9 LEVEL WIND ASSEMBLY . Level wind weldment which can be raised and
assembly is a guide for winch wire rope lowered by hydraulic cylinders for
and provides a perfect layup on tow hoisting operations .
winch drum . Sensing switches actuate
cab traversing system to keep cab lined 17 TOW CABLES . Two 10 ft ( 31 m ) tow
up with wire rope . cables are mounted on boom , one on
each side . These cables have a safe
10 SLAVE RECEPTACLE . Slave receptacle is operating load of 110,000 lb ( 49,940
used to receive or provide 24-volt power kg ) .
for emergency starting of vehicle , if bat
teries are discharged .
1-5
TM 9-2350-238-10
M578 RECOVERY VEHICLE - RIGHT REAR VIEW
de
0 0000
orang
8 7
6
100 5 4
3
1 ANTENNA . Antenna is used with radio to supports , guides , and tension for track
receive and transmit signals which provide and suspension points for vehicle .
outside communication .
6 TOWING PINTLE . Towing pintle is used in
2 DOORS . Doors provide access to cab and towing operations as a vehicle attaching
stowage compartments . point for tow bar .
3 DRIVE SPROCKET . Right and left drive 7 TRAILER RECEPTACLE . Trailer receptacle
sprockets are mounted on final drives to is used to supply electrical power to a
drive tracks . towed trailer .
4 ROAD WHEEL . The eight pairs of road 8 SPADE . Spade is hydraulically powered
wheels provide support and guide the and is emplaced on ground during heavy
tracks and suspension points for vehicle . load lifting and tow winching operations .
5 TRAILING IDLER ROAD WHEEL . Two pairs

of trailing idler road wheels provide
1-6
TM 9-2350-238-10
LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS - CONTINUED -
M578 RECOVERY VEHICLE - TOP VIEW

9 10
8
11
7
ΗΣ 12
man
5
6
E
(19 )
3
4 1 2
1 BATTERY COMPARTMENT ACCESS 6 TRANSMISSION OIL ACCESS DOOR ,

DOOR . This door provides access for ser This door provides access for checking
vice and replacement of four batteries . and filling transmission with oil .
2 RADIATOR FILL CAP COVERS . These 7 ENGINE DECK . This cover provides ac
covers provide access for checking cess to engine and rear power plant
coolant level and filling two radiators . compartment .
3 DRIVER'S CUPOLA . Driver's cupola con 8 ENGINE OIL ACCESS DOOR . This door
sists of an armor-plate mounting ring provides access for checking and filling
welded to hull and an armor-plate cupola engine with oil .
cover hinged to hull deck counter
balanced by a torsion bar . Three M17 9 FAN WELL COVER . This cover screens
periscopes are provided for external out debris from engine cooling air intake
vision . and provides access to fan belt, ten
sioner, magnetic clutch , and drive shaft .
4 AIR CLEANER BLOWER ACCESS DOOR .
This door provides access for service and 10 DIESEL FUEL FILL COVER . This cover
replacement of air cleaner blower and ac provides access to fuel cap for filling
cess to impact wrench and controls . vehicle with fuel .
5 TRANSMISSION DECK . This cover pro 11 HYDRAULIC OIL FILL COVER . This cover
vides for access to transmission and for provides access for filling hydraulic reser
ward power plant compartment . voir with oil .
1-7
TM 9-2350-238-10
M578 RECOVERY VEHICLE - TOP VIEW , ENGINE AND TRANSMISSION DECKS REMOVED
17 18
16
0
14 4
13
15 5
o 3
12 6
11
D 9
T
10
1 POWER PLANT . Power plant consists of a V- type 2-cycle diesel with fuel injectors
diesel engine, Allison transmission , and in and overhead exhaust valves .
put transfer assembly to provide power to
vehicle . 3 RADIATOR . Two radiators are provided to
cool engine . A surge tank is provided to
2 ENGINE . Engine is a Detroit Diesel GMC catch excess coolant and gases .
series 8V71T turbocharged 8- cylinder,
1-8
TM 9-2350-238-10
LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS - CONTINUED -
M578 RECOVERY VEHICLE - TOP VIEW , ENGINE AND TRANSMISSION DECKS

REMOVED - CONTINUED
4 ENGINE OIL FILL . This is the cap and which combines transmission , steering ,
opening through which engine crankcase and braking . It transmits engine power
is filled with oil . through final drives to track . The
transmission provides four forward and
5 AUXILIARY DRIVE OIL FILL AND LEVEL . two reverse gear ranges . Vehicle steering
This is a dipstick for checking oil level is controlled by mechanical linkage from
and opening for filling auxiliary drive with steering bar that moves hydraulic con
oil . trols in transmission . Vehicle braking is
controlled by service brake pedal and
6 ENGINE OIL LEVEL . This is a dipstick for linkage that moves discs in transmission .
checking engine oil level .
13 TRANSMISSION FILL AND LEVEL . This is
7 GENERATOR . A 300 amperes ( A ) , 24 V a dipstick for checking transmission oil
dc generator provides all electrical power level and opening for filling transmission
for vehicle operation and battery charg with oil .
ing and is controlled by a voltage
regulator . 14 TRANSMISSION OIL SCREEN . This filter
removes dirt from transmission oil .
8 PRIMARY FUEL FILTER . This low
pressure filter removes water and larger 15 POWER PLANT RESERVOIR . Power plant
particles from fuel . reservoir collects bypass oil and fuel
from engine and transmission to prevent
9 AIR PURGE AND FUEL PRIME accumulation in bottom of hull which
SOLENOID . This solenoid allows the would create a fire hazard .
operator to purge and prime fuel system
with switches in driver's compartment . 16 ENGINE OIL FILTERS . These two filters
remove dirt from engine oil .
10 SECONDARY FUEL FILTER . This filter
removes additional water and smaller 17 AERATION DETECTOR . Aeration detector
particles from fuel . warns the operator of excessive air in
cooling system or of low coolant level .
11 FINAL DRIVE . Right and left final drives
connect transmission to tracks to provide 18 TURBOCHARGER . Turbocharger provides
vehicle motion . pressurized air to engine .
12 TRANSMISSION . Transmission is an
Allison model XTG -411-2A crossdrive
1-9
TM 9-2350-238-10
LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS CONTINUED
M578 RECOVERY VEHICLE - TOP VIEW , CUTAWAY
2 3 4
TUM
5
Lummm unum in u
1 AUXILIARY DRIVE . When engine is system through brushes and contact ring
operating , auxiliary drive powers on top of hydraulic pump slip ring .
generator , cooling system fan , and ( when Hydrualic oil from reservoir is supplied to
magnetic clutch is engaged ) hydraulic hydraulic pumps and pressurized hydraulic
pumps . oil is supplied to cab through slip ring.
2 FAN . Fan forces air through powerplant 5 TORSION BAR . Each wheel is suspended
compartment and radiators to cool engine . by a torsion bar that acts as a spring .
3 HYDRAULIC PUMP . Two hydraulic pumps 6 LOCKOUT CYLINDER . Each lockout
provide hydraulic pressure when engine is cylinder acts as a shock absorber , bump
operating and magnetic clutch is engaged stop , stabilizer , and suspension lockout
to power all hydraulic components . device . Vehicles have eight lockout
cylinders . ( Lockout cylinders are not
4 SLIP RING . Cab electrical system is sup mounted on third from front road wheels . )
plied 24 V dc power from hull electrical
1-10
TM 9-2350-238-10
M578 RECOVERY VEHICLE - CAB VIEW , CUTAWAY
e
T
1
1
6
5
1 TOW WINCH . Tow winch is a two -speed , 4 HYDRAULIC OIL RESERVOIR . Hydraulic oil
planetary-geared unit with an internal reservoir provides reserve capacity and in
automatic brake . Winch is hydraulically sures a steady supply of hydraulic oil to
powered and has a capacity of 60,000 lb pumps .
( 27,240 kg ) with 1 -in . ( 2.5 cm ) wire rope .
5 RADIO AND INTERCOMMUNICATION
2 BOOM , WINCH , AND CAB CONTROLS . EQUIPMENT . This equipment allows the
These controls allow the operator to raise crew to maintain communication with
and lower boom , traverse cab, and driver and outside command posts .
operate boom and tow winches .
6 GAS - PARTICULATE FILTER UNIT . This
3 BOOM WINCH . Boom winch is a two filter unit provides protection for the crew
speed , planetary-geared unit with an inter against toxic gases (except carbon monox
nal automatic brake . Winch is hydraulically ide ) and extremely dusty conditions .
powered and has a capacity of 30,000 lb
( 13,620 kg ) with 5/8-in . ( 1.6 cm ) wire
rope and two -part line .
1-11
TM 9-2350-238-10
M578 RECOVERY VEHICLE - DRIVER'S COMPARTMENT VIEW
2
4
:۱۱۱
۱۱‫ل‬۱‫ا‬
1 DRIVER'S INSTRUMENT PANEL. This driver to energize various systems in the
panel contains gauges and lights that vehicle , including hydraulic functions . A
allow driver to observe vital engine , speedometer and tachometer allow obser
transmission and electrical functions . vation of vehicle and engine speed .
2 DRIVER'S CONTROLS . These controls 4 GAS- PARTICULATE FILTER UNIT . This

allow driver to drive and operate vehicle . filter unit provides protection for driver
against toxic gases (except carbon monox
3 DRIVER'S SWITCH PANEL. This panel ide ) and extremely dusty conditions .
contains switches and controls that allow
M578 RECOVERY VEHICLE - TOP VIEW ,, HULL BOTTOM
1 2
3 5
1 ENGINE DRAIN COVER . This cover pro 4 FUEL PLUGS . These two plugs are re
vides access for draining engine oil . moved to drain fuel cell .
2 POWER PLANT RESERVOIR DRAIN PLUG . 5 TRANSMISSION DRAIN COVER . This

This plug is installed during fording opera cover provides access for draining
tions to prevent flooding of power plant transmission oil .
reservoir . The plug should be wired to
hand throttle control rod in the driver's
compartment during normal operations .
3 RADIATOR DRAIN COVERS . These two
covers provide access for draining coolant
from radiator .
1-12
TM 9-2350-238-10
EQUIPMENT DATA
GENERAL
Weight , Combat Loaded 54,000 lb ( 24,494 kg )

Overall Length . . 21 ft 1 in . (6.43 m )
Overall Width 10 ft 4 in . ( 3.5 m )
1
Overall Height (with machine gun ) . .11 ft 3 in . ( 3.43 m )

Overall Height ( without machine gun ) 10 ft 3 in . ( 3.12 m )
Ground Clearance . 1 ft 5 in . ( 43.18 cm )
Ground Pressure . .
10.1 psi ( 69.64 kPa )
Vehicle Classification 27
10 FT 3 IN . &
( 3.12 M )
11 FT 3 IN .
( 3.4 M ) MT
3 FT 4 IN .
( 1.02 M )
9 FT 1 IN .
( 2.77 M )
21 FT 1 IN .
(6.43 M )
ENGINE
CAUTION
Do not let engine speed exceed 2300 RPM under any circumstances .
Manufacturer . Detroit Diesel Engine Division , GMC
Туре . Turbocharged two-cycle diesel
Model ( 7083-7398 ) ..8V71T
Weight , Dry (as installed ) 2442 lb ( 1107.7 kg )
Number of Cylinders . 8
Displacement ... 567.4 cu in . ( 9298.0 cm )
Bore .. 4.25 in . ( 10.80 cm )
Stroke .. 5.0 in . ( 12.7 cm )
Compression Ratio 17 : 1
Horsepower , Gross Brake (at 2300 rpm ) . 405 HP ( 302 kW )
Horsepower , Net Brake . 345 HP ( 257 kW )
Maximum rpm , No Load ( governed ) 2300 rpm
Maximum rpm , Hydraulic Pump Engaged ( governed ) . 1350 rpm
Idle Speed 650-700 rpm
Cylinder Cooling . Liquid
1-13
TM 9-2350-238-10
EQUIPMENT DATA - CONTINUED
TRANSMISSION
Manufacturer .. Allison Division , GMC

Type Crossdrive , torque converter ,
planetary gear , all-torque shifting
Model . XTG -411-2A
Weight, Dry las installed ) 2390 lb ( 1084.1 kg )
Range Selector Four forward speeds , two reverse speeds
Oil Screen ... . Reusable , disk-type
.
Lubrication Pressure .
18 to 45 psi ( 124 to 310 kPa ) at
1835 to 1900 engine rpm
( minimum 10 psi ( 69 kPa ) at 1000 engine rpm )
Gear ratios
First 4.69 : 1
Second 3.18 : 1
Third . 1.59 : 1
Fourth 0.794 : 1
Reverse 1 5.60 : 1
Reverse 2 1 3.79 : 1
Input Torque (maximum ) 880 ft-lb ( 1188 N - m )
Input Power , Net ( maximum ) .
360 hp ( 269 kW )
Input Speed ( maximum ) 2300 rpm
BOOM WINCH
Manufacturer Pacific Car and Foundry Company

Type . 1
Two -speed planetary
Model 1
.. P30
Rated Load Capacity ( with boom block assembly )
Full Drum . 15,000 lb ( 6804 kg )
Bare Drum 30,000 lb ( 13,608 kg )
Hydraulic Motoroto
r Drum Ratio
Low ... . 73.09 : 1
High .. 16.64 : 1
Wire Rope Diameter . 5/8 in . ( 1.59 cm )
Wire Rope Length .. 220 ft ( 67 m )
Wire Rope Breaking Strength .. 33,200 lb ( 15,060 kg )
Wire Rope Spooling ( line anchored ) Line pull 7500 lb ( 3402 kg )
Drum Capacity
Perfect Layup 356 ft ( 109 m )
Uneven Layup 329 ft ( 100 m )
Line Pull
Low Speed , Bare Drum . .
31,200 lb ( 14,152 kg )
Low Speed , Full Drum . 19 , 100 lb ( 8663 kg )
High Speed , Bare Drum . 7120 lb ( 3230 kg )
High Speed , Full Drum 4360 lb ( 1978 kg )
Line Speed ( approximate )
Low Speed , Bare Drum . 69 feet per minute ( 21 mpm )
Low Speed , Full Drum .. 113 feet per minute ( 34 mpm )
High Speed , Bare Drum .
304 feet per minute ( 93 mpm )
High Speed , Full Drum .
496 feet per minute ( 151 mpm )
1-14
TM 9-2350-238-10
TOW WINCH
Manufacturer . Pacific Car and Foundry Company

Type . Two -speed planetary
Model . .. P60
Rated Load Capacity, Bare Drum .
60,000 lb ( 27,216 kg )
Hydraulic Motor to Drum Ratio
Low 255 : 1
High ... 63 : 1
Wire Rope Diameter . 1 in . ( 2.5 cm )
Wire Rope Length .. 230 ft ( 70 m )
Wire Rope Breaking Strength 84,000 lb ( 38,102 kg )
Wire Rope Spooling (line anchored ) .
Line pull 30,000 lb ( 13,608 kg )
Drum Capacity , Perfect Layup . . .. 325 ft ( 99 m )
Line Pull
Low Speed , Bare Drum . .
71,500 lb ( 32,432 kg )
Low Speed , Full Drum . .
45,500 lb ( 20,639 kg )
High Speed , Bare Drum 17,650 lb ( 8006 kg )
High Speed , Full Drum .. 11,250 lb ( 5103 kg )
Line Speed ( approximate )
Low Speed , Bare Drum 28.7 feet per minute ( 9 mpm )
Low Speed , Full Drum . 45 feet per minute ( 14 mpm )
High Speed , Bare Drum 1
.
116.5 feet per minute ( 36 mpm )
High Speed , Full Drum 183.5 feet per minute ( 56 mpm )
GENERATOR
Voltage . 24 V
Amperage 300 amp
Driven . By engine through auxiliary drive
Cooled .. By air
Controlled . By voltage regulator
BATTERIES
Number . 4
Voltage + 12 V
Connected Series -parallel
Output potential 0 .
+ 24 V
Post to ground 1
Negative
MACHINE GUN
Type . M2 Browning , heavy barrel

Caliber . ... 50
Weight 84 lb ( 38 kg )
Muzzle Velocity . .
3050 fps ( 930 mps )
Rate of Fire (cyclic ) . . 450-550 rds /m
Feed . . Link - belt
1-15
TM 9-2350-238-10
PERFORMANCE
Maximum Allowable Speed

Fourth . 34 mph ( 54.7 km/h )
Third .. .
17 mph ( 27.4 km/h )
Second . 9 mph ( 14.5 km/h )
First .. 5 mph ( 8.1 km /h )
Reverse 1 . 1
4 mph ( 6.4 km /h )
Reverse 2 7 mph ( 11.3 km/h )
Cruising Range . 325 miles ( 523 km )
Fuel Consumption 1.3 mpg ( 2.1 km )
Grade Ascending/Descending Ability ( Maximum ) 1 60 % ( 533 mil )
Angle of Approach . 30 deg ( 533 mil )
Angle of Departure .
32 deg ( 568 mil )
Side Slope .. 30 % ( 267 mil )
Turning Radius ( minimum ) .
16 ft ( 5 m )
Fording Depth . 3 ft 6 in . ( 1.2 m )
Trench ( maximum ) 7 ft 9 in . ( 2 m )
Vertical Wall ( maximum ) 3 ft 4 in . ( 1.1 m )
Towed Load ( maximum ) 60,000 lb ( 27,216 kg )
Traverse 360 deg ( 6400 mil )
Elevation ... ..60 deg ( 1066 mil )
CAPACITIES
Fuel Cell ... . . 260 gal . 1984.2 )
CAUTION
Use the following grades of fuel at the indicated temperatures :

Winter Grade ( DF- 1 ) - 25 ° to + 30 ° F
- 32 ° to -1 ° C
Arctic Grade ( DF-A) - 25 ° to -65 ° F

( NATO F- 56 ) -32 ° to -54 ° C
-
Fuel Type .. Diesel , 40 cetane

Engine Oil , Dry . 1
38 gt ( 36.01 )
Engine Oil , Refill . 28 qt ( 26.5 1 )
Transmission Oil , Dry 19 gal. ( 721 )
Transmission Oil , Refill .
12 gal. ( 451 )
Auxiliary Drive Oil , Dry 4.50 qt (4.31 )
Auxiliary Drive Oil , Refill .. 4 qt (3.8 1 )
Hydraulic Reservoir Oil , Dry .
165 gal . ( 625 1 )
Hydraulic Reservoir Oil , Refill . 140 gal . ( 530 I )
Final Drive , Right 7 gt ( 6.6 1 )
Final Drive , Left 13 gt ( 12.31 )
Engine Coolant . 1
.
24 gal. ( 90.81 )
1-16
TM 9-2350-238-10
Section III . TECHNICAL PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION
Refer to TM 9-8000 for complete description of technical principles of operation .
1-17 /11-18 blank )

TM 9-2350-238-10
CHAPTER 2
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
CHAPTER INDEX
Page
ASSEMBLY AND PREPARATION FOR USE . 2-50
BATTLE DAMAGE . 2-115
EMERGENCY OPERATION OF CRANE AND SPADE . 2-87
Lowering boom . .2-88
Raising spade . 2-90
Releasing boom winch brake .2-88
Releasing tow winch brake .2-89
1
Traversing cab . 2-90

EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 2-115
FORDING ... 2-113
INITIAL ADJUSTMENTS AND DAILY CHECKS 2-50
KNOW YOUR CONTROLS AND INDICATORS . 2-2
Crane operator and rigger controls 2-8
Driver's compartment controls and indicators 2-3
Vehicle controls . .2-12
0
NUCLEAR BIOLOGICAL AND CHEMICAL ( NBC ) DECONTAMINATION PROCEDURES . 2-115

Chemical detection and decontamination .2-115
1
Emergency procedures 1
. 2-115
General .2-115
.
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS ON DECALS AND INSTRUCTION PLATES .. . 2-105

OPERATING PROCEDURES . . 2-50
Backing vehicle . . 2-62
.
Driving on rough and hilly terrain . . 2-61

Driving vehicle . 2-57
Hydraulic impact wrench operation .2-86
Instrument panel checkout procedures 2-54
Normal engine starting . 2-52
Operating crane . 2-66
Boom and boom winch operation . 2-85
Boom operation ... 2-76
Boom winch operation .2-75
Hoisting and tow winching capacities - spade properly emplaced 2-74
Hoisting and tow winching capacities - spade retracted 2-74
Hoisting and tow winching load rating capacities instruction plate 2-73
Level wind operation . . 2-81
Load rating capacities instruction plate .. 2-74
Operating spade . 2-69
Operating suspension lockout system . 2-68
Operation precautions .2-72
Recovery operation .2-84
Reeving boom winch wire rope 2-77
2-1
TM 9-2350-238-10
Operating crane - continued

Starting hydraulic system . 2-67
Tow winch and wire rope operation .2-83
Tow winch operation . 1
2-79
Traversing cab 2-78
Vehicle operation . .2-84
Operation of driving lights and dome light 0 . 2-57
Operation of dome light ... . 2-57
Operation of light switch assembly .2-57
Pre-starting instructions 2-51
Recovery vehicle after operation services .2-66
Shifting transmission . 2-60
Shutting down vehicle 2-63
Starting engine by towing . . . 2-56
Starting engine using auxiliary equipment . . 2-55
Towing a disabled M578 recovery vehicle . 2-63
Towing other disabled vehicles . .2-65
OPERATION IN UNUSUAL WEATHER 2-108
Extremely cold weather .2-110
Extremely dry heat .. . 2-109
Extremely moist heat , salt air , or sea spray
!
. 2-108
Toxic gas , extreme dust , or dust and sand storms .
1
2-109
OPERATION OF AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT ... .2-92
Caliber .50 machine gun mount nomenclature .2-92
Installing communications equipment . .2-96
Operating caliber .50 machine gun .2-93
Operating caliber .50 machine gun mount . 2-92
Operating communication equipment . 2-103
Operating fixed fire extinguisher .2-93
Operating gas-particulate filter unit . .2-94
Operating portable fire extinguisher 2-94
OPERATION ON UNUSUAL TERRAIN 2-113
Ice . 2-113
Mud . .
2-113
Sand 2-113
Snow .2-113
PMCS PROCEDURES 2-18
Table 2-1 . Preventive maintenance checks and services .2-18
Section 1. DESCRIPTION AND USE OF OPERATOR'S

CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
SECTION INDEX
Page
KNOW YOUR CONTROLS AND INDICATORS 2-2
Crane operator and rigger controls .2-8
Driver's compartment controls and indicators • . 2-3
Vehicle controls . 2-12
KNOW YOUR CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
Before you attempt to operate your equip 2-17 describe driver's controls , crew controls ,
.
ment , make sure that you are familiar with vehicle controls , cab controls , and com
the location and operation of all controls , in munication controls .
dicators, and components . Pages 2-3 through
2-2
TM 9-2350-238-10
DRIVER'S COMPARTMENT CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
2
3
0
4
OC
pírio!
7 6
Key
可。
Control or Indicator Function
1 Vehicle steering bar Turns vehicle left or right by engaging clutches in

transmission .
2 Parking brake handle Locks service brake when pulled out and engaged in bracket
catch .
3 Hand throttle control Has two functions . The first is to accelerate engine to operate
hydraulic system . The second is to set engine rpm for
warmup/cooling .
4 Transmission shift control Selects proper transmission gear range , 4 forward and 2
reverse . A safety catch locks control in neutral .
5 Accelerator pedal Used to control engine speed .
6 Service brake pedal Operates service brakes in transmission to slow , stop, or hold
vehicle .
7 Headlight dimmer switch Used to switch headlamps between high beam and low beam .
2-3
TM 9-2350-238-10
DRIVER'S COMPARTMENT CONTROLS AND INDICATORS - CONTINUED
4 6
3 5 ( 11
11111in
Hl
2
12
10
I
\།1 7 8 9
L
Key Control or Indicator Function
1 FUEL level indicator Indicates ( by quarters ) amount of fuel in fuel cell .

2 ENGINE -TRANSmission Lights when engine coolant temperature is too high , when
TEMPerature - PRESsure transmission oil temperature is too high , and when engine or
lamp transmission oil pressure is too low .
3 TRANSmission OIL Indicates transmission oil temperature in degrees Fahrenheit .

temperature indicator ( Normal is approximately 165 ° F ( 74 ° C ) to 220 ° F ( 105 ° C ) ) .
4 TRANSmission OIL Indicates transmission oil pressure in pounds per square inch
pressure indicator ( psi ) . ( Normal is 18-45 psi ( 124-310 kPa ) ) .
01
5 MASTER INDicator lamp Lights when MASTER switch is turned ON and remains on
until MASTER switch is turned OFF .
6 HI BEAM INDicator lamp Lights when headlamps are on high beam . They are controlled
by dimmer switch .
7 ENGINE WATER indicator Indicates engine coolant temperature in degrees Fahrenheit .

( Normal is 170 ° F ( 79 °C ) to 185 ° F ( 85 ° C ) ) .
8 ENGINE OIL pressure Indicates engine oil pressure in pounds per square inch (psi ) .
indicator ( Normal is 50-70 psi . )
9 GENerator WARNING Indicates by glowing red when generator output is below

lamp normal .
10 BATTERY / generator Indicates general voltage when engine is running . Needle

indicator should be in yellow or green zone .
11 Periscope M17 Three periscopes provide a field of view for driver when his
hatch is closed .
12 Engine shutdown handle Shuts off fuel supply and stops engine when it is pulled out .
2-4
TM 9-2350-238-10
LHV
5 2
9
MO 3
7
6
1 Fuel filter access door Provides access to primary and secondary fuel filter drain
cocks when removed .
2 Drain valve handle Drains driver's compartment of any fluid . Must be closed dur
ing vehicle operation .
3 Fixed fire extinguisher Controls two fixed fire extinguishers . It has a safety seal
control handle to prevent accidental discharge . Pulling control handle breaks
seal and discharges carbon dioxide into engine compartment
to suppress fire .
4 Seat horizontal lever Locks or releases driver's seat in horizontal position . Push
lever right to release seat .
5 Seat vertical handle Locks or releases driver's seat in vertical position . Handle is
pulled up to release seat and body weight is used to adjust
seat height .
6 Intercommunication Selects desired radio and interphone connections when using
control switch headset .
7 | Dome light switch Turns on dome light , normal lighting , or blackout lighting . A
locking plunger prevents accidentally turning on light .
8 Low engine coolant Lights when coolant level is low or air is present in cooling
warning light system .
9 Gas -particulate air purifier Controls gas -particulate air purifier to supply driver with clean
) switch air through mask M25 or M25A1 .
2-5
TM 9-2350-238-10
6
8
5
4 O
Pal
18
3
9
ON
1
2
18
7
10
17 9
11
START
16 12
13
UN
I C
14
E
20
20M
15
PO
1 Clutch engaged indicator Lights when magnetic clutch is engaged to drive hydraulic
light pumps .
2 HYDraulic pump PTO When ON , energizes magnetic clutch and controls engine
CLUTCH switch driven hydraulic pumps to supply hydraulic power to all
hydraulic components .
2-6
TM 9-2350-238-10
3 IR- RCVR infrared receiver Turns on infrared lamps in headlamps . Used with BO-IR and
switch main light BO switches .
4 BO - IR selector switch Selects either infrared or blackout lights for operation . Used
with IR-RCVR and main light BO switches .
5 INSTrument switch Activates start switch, air cleaner blowers, and gauges on in
strument panel .
6 SPADE CONTROL valve Controls lowering or raising of spade .

handle
7 MASTER switch Turns on or turns off all electrical power to vehicle.

8 Fuel prime and heater Controls flow of fuel from air-box pump to purge and prime
fuel cycle switch high pressure fuel filter .
9 Pump and heater igniter Controls air-box heater fuel pump and fuel ignition .
switch
10 Start switch Activates starter to start engine when master switch and in
strument switch are ON and shift control lever is in N
position .
11 Light switch assembly Controls driving lights and instrument panel light.
12 Instrument panel light Lights instrument panel and is controlled by lever on light
switch assembly .
13 Tachometer Indicates engine speed in revolutions per minute (rpm ) .
14 SUSPENSION LOCKED Lights when suspension is in locked position.

indicator light
15 Suspension lockout Activates suspension lockout cylinders to lockout suspension

control valve handle system .
16 Speedometer Indicates vehicle speed in miles per hour (mph) . An odometer

shows accumulated mileage .
17 Utility outlet A single pole 24-volt outlet that allows auxiliary electrical
equipment operation from vehicle electrical system .
18 Guard , switch To prevent accidentally turning on HYDraulic pump PTO
CLUTCH switch .
2-7
TM 9-2350-238-10
CRANE OPERATOR AND RIGGER CONTROLS
5 4
4
10
11
Wollo
7
12
13
14
15
Roso
16
od
2
logo
BEHIND CRANE
OPERATOR
1 Vertical adjusting handle , Controls vertical adjustment of seat . Used with body weight
operator or rigger seat to adjust seat .
2 Horizontal adjustment Controls horizontal adjustment of seat .

knob , operator or rigger
seat
3 Traversing brake pressure A two position valve . When valve is pushed in , (normal
selector valve position ) , system hydraulic pressure will release traversing
brake . When valve knob is pulled out (emergency position ),
hydraulic rain hand pump pressure will release traversing
brake .
4 Periscope M17 Provides a field of view for the operator and rigger when
hatch is closed .
5 Dome light switch Turns on dome light , normal lighting , or blackout lighting. A
locking plunger prevents accidentally turning on light .
2-8
TM 9-2350-238-10
CRANE OPERATOR AND RIGGER CONTROLS - CONTINUED
6 Gas -particulate air Controls gas -particulate air purifier to supply operator and
purifier switch rigger clean air through mask M25 or M25A1 .
7 Boom winch shift control A three-position control equipped with a pull -up lock. The
lever outer notch provides high gear ratio , center notch provides a
neutral position (gears not engaged ) , and inner notch provides
low gear ratio for load handling .
8 Tow winch shift control A three-position control equipped with a lock trigger. Turned
lever fully counterclockwise provides high gear ratio , turned
halfway provides a neutral position (gears not engaged ) , and
turned fully clockwise provides low gear ratio for load
handling .
9 Load rating capacities Indicates safe operating capacities of boom in relation to load
instruction plate weight , boom position , boom elevation , and with suspension
locked , indicates tow winch capacities with and without
spade emplaced .
10 Utility outlet A single pole 24-volt outlet that allows auxiliary electrical
equipment operation from vehicle electrical system .
11 Floodlight switch Controls two floodlights from inside cab . Used to illuminate
night recovery operations .
12 Flasher indicator lamp Flashes on and off when flasher light is operating .
13 Flasher switch Controls flasher light to warn personnel during vehicle

operation .
14 Level wind switch Controls electrical power to level wind assembly to

automatically align cab with tow winch wire rope .
15 Filter bypass indicator Lights when hydraulic reservoir filter is plugged with foreign
light material .
16 Boom cylinder control Operates a three-position hydraulic valve to control boom

handle cylinders to raise or lower boom . It is spring-loaded to return
to center position .
2-9
TM 9-2350-238-10
MdAhKe
Foogo
Ho
25
22 17
19
18
23
20
ace
Gel
27
26 24 21
BEHIND CRANE
OPERATOR
17 Tow winch control Operates a three-position hydraulic valve to control tow winch
handle by releasing winch brake and driving winch to reel out or reel
in wire rope . It is spring -loaded to return to center position .
18 Boom winch control Operates a three-position hydraulic valve to control boom

handle winch by releasing winch brake and driving winch to reel in or
reel out wire rope . It is spring -loaded to return to center
position .
2-10
TM 9-2350-238-10
|| ‫ܘ‬
19 Traversing foot pedal Operates a three-position hydraulic valve to control traversing

crane cab by releasing traversing brake and traversing cab
clockwise or counterclockwise . It is spring-loaded to return to
center position .
20 Hydraulic ram hand pump Operates a double acting hydraulic ram pump to release tow
handle winch , boom winch , and traversing unit brakes and to raise
spade when vehicle hydraulic system pressure is not
available .
21 Quick disconnect Provides a connection for accessory hydraulic hose that is

coupling with cap connected to impact Wrench selector valve to allow raising
spade with hydraulic ram hand pump .
22 Tow winch brake pres A two-position valve . When valve knob is pushed in (normal
sure selector valve position ) , system hydraulic pressure will release tow winch
brake . When valve knob is pulled out (emergency position ) ,
hydraulic ram hand pump hydraulic pressure will release tow
winch brake .
23 Boom winch brake pres A two -position valve . When valve knob is pushed in (normal
sure selector valve position ) , system hydraulic pressure will release boom winch
brake . When valve knob is pulled out (emergency position ) ,
hydraulic ram hand pump hydraulic pressure will release boom
winch brake .
24 Boom cylinder Two hydraulic cylinders that raise and lower boom .
25 Boom winch hydraulic Plays out or retrieves cable .

motor
26 Boom cylinder bypass A two -position valve . When handle is pointed to left (normal
valve position ) , valve is closed . When handle is pointed forward ,
valve is open and hydraulic pressure in boom cylinders is
released to lower boom . Valve must be opened slowly to pre
vent damage to equipment .
27 Intercommunication Provides interphone and radio control facilities for crew .

control box
2-11
TM 9-2350-238-10
VEHICLE CONTROLS
7
6
5
3
2
/ 1g JIA
o
8
18 10
11
19
12
20 14 13
15
16
17
1 Tow bar bracket Holds ends of tow bar when it is stowed on vehicle .
2 Engine compartment hull Drains engine compartment of any fluid . Must be closed
drain valve handle during vehicle operation .
3 Fuel fill cover latch Secures cover over fuel cell fill cap .
4 Radiator fill cover latches Secures a cover over radiator fill caps .
5 Tow winch access door Secures door closed when tow winch is not in use .
latch handle
2-12
TM 9-2350-238-10
VEHICLE CONTROLS - CONTINUED
6 Tow winch door hold Holds door open during winch operation .
open catch
7 Battery compartment Secures door to hull . Door provides access to batteries .

access door handle
8 Slave receptacle Provides a means of connecting an external 24-volt power

source to vehicle for emergency starting.
9 Fixed fire extinguisher An exterior control of two fixed fire extinguishers . It has a
control handle safety seal to prevent accidental discharge . Pulling handle
breaks seal and discharges carbon dioxide into engine com
partment to suppress fire .
10 Air filter basket lock Holds air filter basket and bag in place .
lever
11 Vise mounting plate Holds universal vise .
12 Engine air cleaner door Secures door to hull . Door provides access to engine air
handle cleaner filters .
13 Cupola cover open Holds driver's cover open and away from driver's head .
position latch
14 Impact Wrench flow Adjusts valve to meter hydraulic fluid to control speed of
regulator valve control impact wrench .
handle
15 Impact Wrench quick Provides connections for impact wrench to vehicle hydraulic
release couplings system and to connect accessory hydraulic hose to allow rais
ing spade with hydraulic ram hand pump .
16 Impact Wrench selector Operates selector valve to open or close vehicle hydraulic
valve handle system to impact wrench .
17 Air cleaner access door Secures access door to hull .

handle
18 Cupola cover outer Secures and locks cover closed by an ear wedged under
handle cupola ring .
19 Driver's periscope M17 Provides a field of view for driver when cupola is closed .
20 Front tow hook Provides a means of attaching tow cable to vehicle .
2-13
TM 9-2350-238-10
4 12
13
Sporo : 11 14
2 11
10
7 15
5 6 8 9
16
000 0 C பா
ASSES
2-14
TM 9-2350-238-10

-
1 Boom lifting block quick Acts as a guide to retain boom winch wire rope within block
release pins sheave .
Boom sheave quick First pin acts as guide to retain boom winch wire rope in
N
release pins boom sheave . Second pin secures end of wire rope to boom .
3 Tow cable bracket Holds ends of tow cable to boom when not in use .
4 Floodlight switch Controls floodlight . It is normally in ON position to allow con

trol from inside cab .
5 Snatch block tray lift Provides hand grip for moving tray between stowed and
handle operate positions .
6 Snatch block tray release Secures tray in stowed position .

handle
7 Quick release pin A safety lock to prevent accidental release of snatch block
tray .
8 Slide release pin Secures wire rope in level wind slide .
9 Side bar release pin To attach or detach level wind assembly to or from level wind
brackets .
10 Bar release pin Removal of pin allows level wind assembly to pivot to wire
rope angle .
11 Level wind to boom Secures level wind bracket to underside of boom .

release pin
12 Rigger's cupola cover Secures and locks cover closed by an ear wedged under
outer latch handle cupola ring .
13 Side door outer latch Secures side door to cab .

handle .
14 Side door catch Holds side door in open position when latch handle is
inserted .
15 Rear stowage door Secures stowage door to cab .

handle
16 S Spade travel lock Locks spade in up position when spade is not in use .
2-15
TM 9-2350-238-10
4 7
5
8
3
2
9
a
1
o o 6
D
10

1
Floodlight switch Controls floodlight . It is normally in ON position to allow con

trol from inside of cab .
Operator cupola cover Secures and locks cover closed by an ear wedged under
N
outer latch handle cupola ring .
3 Hydraulic reservoir Secures cover over hydraulic reservoir fill cap and filter .
filter cover latch
4 Gun mount lock clamp Secures caliber .50 machine gun mount to pintle support .
5 Operator's cupola cover Holds cupola cover open and away from crane operator's
hold open hook head .
6 Rigger cupola ring release Secures cupola ring to cupola base to position pintle support
handle and machine gun in forward position .
7 Radio antenna Provides means of radio contact with commander .
8 Rigger cupola cover inner Used to open or close cupola cover .

latch handle
9 Rigger cupola cover lock Locking pin secures cupola cover in open position , strap is
strap and locking pin used to release pin .
10 Flasher light switch Controls flasher light . It is normally in ON position to allow

control from inside cab .
2-16
TM 9-2350-238-10
9 2 3
1
เล
‫ܢܩܬ‬
COU
7
6
5
4
BO
1 Rear door latch handle Secures rear doors in closed position by wedging against top
and bottom of door frame .
2 Inside stowage compart Two handles on each door secure doors in closed position .
ment door handle
3 Tool locker door quick Secures tool locker door in closed position .
release pin
4 Rear hull drain valve Drains turret well compartment of any fluid . Must be closed
handle during vehicle operation .
5 Towing pintle latch Locks towing pintle closed .

6 Towing pintle latch Secures towing pintle latch to prevent accidental release
safety pin of latch during towing operation .
7 Trailer receptacle Provides a means of supplying a towed trailer with electrical
connector power for tail and stoplights .
8 Rear tow hook Provides a means of attaching tow cable to vehicle .
9 Turret well cleanout Secures cover to bottom of hull . Must be closed during
cover handle (on bottom vehicle operation .
of hull )
2-17
TM 9-2350-238-10
Section II . 0
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS )
SECTION INDEX
Page
GENERAL 2-18
INTRODUCTION TO PMCS TABLE .2-18
PMCS PROCEDURES .... .2-19
Table 2-1 . Preventive maintenance checks and services for the recovery vehicle M578 ..2-20
INTRODUCTION TO PMCS TABLE
a. General. Your PMCS table (Table 2-1 ) the item listed in the Check/Service column to
has been provided so you can keep your equip know if the equipment is ready or available for
ment in good operating condition and ready for its intended mission or for operation . You must
its primary mission . do the procedure at the time stated in the in
terval column .
b. Warnings and cautions. Always observe
the WARNINGS and CAUTIONS appearing in ( 5) Not fully mission capable if: column .
your PMCS table BEFORE, DURING, and Information in this column tells you what faults
AFTER you operate the equipment. The warn will keep your equipment from being capable of
ings and cautions appear before certain pro performing its primary mission . If you make
cedures. You must observe these WARNINGS check and service procedures that show faults
and CAUTIONS to prevent serious injury to listed in this column , do not operate the equip
yourself and others or prevent your equipment ment. Follow standard operating procedures for
from being damaged . maintaining the equipment or reporting equip
ment failure .
C. Explanation of table entries.
(1) Item number column . Numbers in this GENERAL
column are for reference. When completing DA
Form 2404, Equipment Inspection and Mainte a. Corrosion . Refer to page 1-2 .
nance Worksheet, include the item number for WARNING
the check / service indicating a fault . Item
numbers also appear in the order that you
must do checks and services for the intervals Unusable CARC mixtures may be
listed . considered hazardous waste and
may require disposal in accor
( 2 ) Interval column . This column tells you dance with Federal , state , DOD ,
when you must do the procedure in the pro and DA hazardous waste regula
cedure column . BEFORE procedures must be tions. Consult the installation en
done before you operate or use the equipment vironmental office for proper
for its intended mission . DURING procedures disposal guidance. Mixed CARC
must be done during the time you are operat has a flashpoint of approximately
ing or using the equipment for its intended mis 38 °F (3 °C ) due to the incor
sion . AFTER procedures must be done immedi poration of solvents and is highly
flammable.
ately after you have operated or used the
equipment.
b. Touchup /Spot Painting. Painting at the
(3) Check /Service column . This column operator level is limited to touchup/spot paint
provides the location and the item to be ing . CARC paint that has been opened must be
checked or serviced . used within 8 hours or it will deteriorate
beyond use . Mix only what is needed for im
(4) Procedure column . This column gives mediate use . Refer to TM 43-0139 .
the procedure you must do to check or service
2-18
TM 9-2350-238-10
C. If Your Equipment Fails to Operate. When operating with class or

Troubleshoot with proper equipment . Report class Il leaks , continue to check
any deficiencies using the proper forms . See fluid levels as required in your
DA PAM 738-750 . PMCS .
PMCS PROCEDURES Class III leaks should be

reported to unit maintenance
a. Perform PMCS each day vehicle is personnel .
operated . If vehicle is not being operated
regularly , start and run engine for approx NOTE
imately 1/2 hour at least once a week. While
engine is running , exercise crane controls. Fluid leakage classifications
Perform only the PMCS required for running apply only to hull components .
engine and checking crane controls .
(4) Fluid leakage . Leaks are divided into
b. Perform weekly as well as before three classifications . Compare leak with the
operations PMCS and check fluid levels if: following definitions:
( 1 ) You are the assigned operator and Class 1 Seepage of fluid (as in
have not operated the item since the last dicated by wetness or
weekly . discoloration ) not great
enough to form drops.
(2) You are operating the item for the
first time . Class 11 Leakage of fluid great
C. While you perform PMCS, have enough to form drops but
not enough to cause
" checker'' tools with you and keep an eye
out for the following : drops to drip from item
being checked / inspected.
(1) Loose bolts . A loose bolt can be dif
Class III Leakage of fluid great
ficult to spot without using a wrench .
However , you can often identify loose bolts enough to form drops that
fall from the item being
by observing loose or chipped paint around
bolt head and bare metal or rust at its base . checked/inspected .
Tighten loose bolts .
d. If your equipment does not perform as
( 2) Damaged welds . Damaged welds required , refer to troubleshooting procedures
may be detected by observing rust or chipped in chapter 3 for possible problems. Report
paint where cracks occur . any malfunctions or failures on the proper DA
Form 2404, or refer to DA PAM 738-750.
( 3) Frayed electrical wires and loose
connectors . Check electrical wiring for cracks e. If an assembly must be removed and / or
due to aging and exposed wires that could disassembled in order to perform PMCS, refer
cause an electrical short. Tighten loose to the maintenance procedures in chapter 3 .
clamps and connectors .
CAUTION
Equipment operation is allow

able with minor leakages (class
I or II ) . Of course , you must
consider the fluid capacity in
the item /system being checked/
inspected . When in doubt , noti
fy unit maintenance personnel .
Change 1 2-19
TM 9-2350-238-10
Table 2-1 . PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES FOR THE

RECOVERY VEHICLE M578
Item Item to Not fully Mission

No. Interval Check /Service Procedure Capable if:
1 Before Vehicle Make a visual inspection for Fuel , oil , or class

.
Exterior damage , corrosion , pilferage , III leaks are

and/or leaks that may have oc present .
curred after previous usage .
PORE
LAT
2 Before Fixed Fire Check that fire extinguisher lead seal Lead seal is broken .
Extinguisher ( 1 ) on fixed handle is not broken .
3 Before Drain Valves
GUL ORAI
L N
Close rear hull ( 1 ) engine compart

ment ( 2 ) to check for free operation .
Make sure all drain valves are
closed .
2-20
TM 9-2350-238-10

RECOVERY VEHICLE M578 - CONTINUED

4 Before Radiators
NOTE
When adding coolant in

cold weather, check anti
freeze protection .
Check coolant level on both radiators Class III leaks .

( 1 ) and fill if necessary . Cap cannot be
sealed .
5 Before Vehicle Make a visual inspection for damage , Any fuel or oil class
Interior pilferage , and /or leaks that may have III leaks are present .
( Driver's occurred after previous usage .
Compartment)
Change 1 2-21
TM 9-2350-238-10


6 Before Fuel Filters

and
Ujvej
Lines
Drain primary ( 1 ) and secondary ( 2 ) Any fuel leaks .

fuel filters of accumulated water (ap
proximately one cup ) . Prime fuel
system . Check fuel lines for leaks .
7 Before Fixed Fire

Extinguisher
ES
IR
FT
T
EX 1
Check driver's fixed fire extinguisher Lead seal is broken

handle ( 1 ) for lead seal . or missing .
2-22 Change 1
TM 9-2350-238-10


No. Procedure Capable if :
Interval Check/Service
8
Before Instrument LGIUC I
LO
Panel om .. ! ' ( ay
s.c
1 pre
3 wa SA
OUCHAIGE
SU VIAL
2 CWAROC
MC AUNNING 4
ONE
a . Make sure all electrical switches
in hull and cab are in off position .
b . Turn master power switch on and GENerator WARNING

instrument power switch on . lamp or ENGINE -
Check instruments for proper TRANSmission
operation . TEMPerature -
PRESsure lamp does
( 1 ) MASTER IN Dicator lamp ( 1 ) - not come on . BAT
ON . TERY / generator
gauge is not in
( 2 ) GENerator WARNING lamp YELLOW or GREEN .
( 2 ) - ON .
( 3 ) ENGINE - TRANSmission
TEMP- PRESsure lamp ( 3 ) -
ON .
( 4 ) BATTERY /generator indicator

( 4 ) in YELLOW / GREEN .
2-23
TM 9-2350-238-10


8 Before Instrument
Panel
(Continued )
2000:2006
9 5
30
WARNING
Shut engine down if oil

light stays on , loud noises
occur , or oil pressure in
dicator continues to read O
pressure .
C. Start engine and listen for Any unusual noises

unusual noises . or erratic operation
of engine or instru
ments .
d. Check instruments for proper Improper operation

operation : cannot be corrected .
Transmission , oil
( 1 ) TRANSmission OIL pressure pressure , engine oil
indicator ( 5 ) - Normal pres pressure , or tach
sure is 18 to 45 psi ( 124.11 ometer inoperative .
to 310.28 kPa ) at 1,835 to Any temperature
1,900 rpm and above ; 10 psi gauge reads high or
( 68.95 kPa ) at 1,000 rpm is fails to work .
minimum allowable .
2-24 Change 1
TM 9-2350-238-10


No. Interval Check/Service Procedure Capable if :
8 Before Instrument ( 2 ) ENGINE OIL pressure indi

Panel cator ( 6 ) - Normal operating
(Continued ) pressure at 1,800 rpm and
above is 50 to 70 psi
( 343.75 to 482.65 kPa ) .
Minimum allowable pressure
is 5 psi ( 34.48 kPa ) at 650
rpm , 28 psi ( 193.06 kPa ) at
1,800 rpm , 30 psi ( 206.85
kPa ) at 2,000 rpm , and 35
psi ( 241.35 kPa ) at 2,300
rpm .
( 3 ) Tachometer ( 7 ) and
speedometer ( 8 ) should
operate without excessive
fluctuation or unusual noises .
(4) Check fuel level at fuel gauge

(9) .
9
Before Gas Partic Check air flow at outlet .

ulator Unit
10 Before Drain Valve

S
W
IL
Operate driver's compartment drain

valve handle ( 1 ) to check for free
operation . Make sure drain valve is
closed .
11 Before Vehicle Class III leaks .

a . Make a visual inspection for
Interior damage , corrosion , pilferage ,
( Crane Cab ) and /or leaks that may have oc
curred after previous usage .
Change 1 2-25
TM 9-2350-238-10


No. Interval Check/ Service Procedure Capable if:
11
Before Vehicle
Interior
( Crane Cab )
( Continued )
1
Plaje
b . Check hydraulic oil in sight gauge Any class III leaks .

( 1 ) for contamination and correct Oil is contaminated
level . or no oil evident .
12 Deleted
13 Before Crane NOTE Controls do not

Operator operate smoothly or
Controls Switch on power take off are damaged .
(PTO ) .
a . Check the following cab controls

for smooth operation :
( 1 ) Boom winch .
( 2 ) Boom .
( 3 ) Tow winch .
(4) Crane Cab - through full

traverse .
( 5 ) Level wind .
2-26 Change 1
TM 9-2350-238-10


No. Interval Check/Service Procedure Capable if:
13 Before Crane CAUTION

Operator
Controls Do not operate hydraulic
( Continued ) system when filter bypass
indicator light ( 1 ) is on , ex
cept under emergency
conditions .
JIO..
want 2
N
b . During activation of hydraulic Filter bypass indi

system , check system filter cator light comes
bypass indicator light ( 1 ) for il on .
lumination .
c . Turn off power take off (PTO ).
2-27
TM 9-2350-238-10


No. Interval Check /Service Procedure Capable if :
14 Before Communica
tions
3 4
NOTE
Power at amplifier AM1780/

VRC must be turned on for
crew member intercom set
controls to function .
a . Turn on MASTER switch and turn No intercom from

on power at amplifier AM1780 commander to driver
VRC . or no two -way com
munication with out
b . Connect CVC helmet cable con side station .
nectors to CC2298 /VRC recep
tacles . Cable with yellow ( longer
cable ) connects to receptacle with
yellow mark .
c . Check that bail -out connectors ( 1 )
are connected firmly.
d . Adjust VOLUME knob ( 2 ) as
desired .
e . With CVC helmet on , turn on

AN /VIC - 1 and radio ; check inter
com ( 3 ) between crew members .
Check to make sure vehicle has
two -way communications over
radio ( 4 ) .
2-28
TM 9-2350-238-10


15 Before Cal .50 WARNING

Machine Gun
M2 Make certain machine gun
is clear of ammo and barrel
is free of obstruction .
1
3
2
a . Check pintle support assembly for

missing pins and for tightness of
all fasteners and operating parts .
Make sure machine gun is locked
in horizontal position .
b . Operate ammo box latch . When

locked , ammo box must be stur
dy and secure . Check mount for
presence of its condition . Hand
function weapon to check for
proper assembly and operation .
Refer to TM 9-1005-213-10 .
c . Check headspace and timing and

adjust if necessary . Refer to TM
9-1005-213-10 .
2-29
TM 9-2350-238-10

RECOVERY VEHICLE M578 - CONTINUED -

16 During Instrument Check instruments for proper oper

Panel ation :
OVOM
6 5 2
is
4 3
( 1 ) TRANSmission OIL pressure in Transmission oil

dicator ( 1 ) - Normal pressure is pressure , engine oil
18 to 45 psi ( 124.11 to pressure , or tachom
310.28 kPa ) at 1,835 to 1,900 eter inoperative. Any
rpm and above; 10 psi (68.95 temperature gauge
kPa) at 1,000 rpm is minimum reads high or fails to
allowable . work .
(2) ENGINE OIL pressure indicator
(2 ) - Normal operating pressure
at 1,800 rpm and above is 50
to 70 psi (343.75 to 482.65
kPa) . Minimum allowable pres
sure is 5 psi ( 34.48 kPa ) at
650 rpm , 28 psi ( 193.06 kPa)
at 1,800 rpm , 30 psi ( 206.85
kPa) at 2,000 rpm , and 35 psi
( 241.35 kPa) at 2,300 rpm .
(3) Tachometer (3) and speed
ometer (4) should operate with
out excessive fluctuation or
unusual noises .
(4) Engine coolant temperature in

dicator ( 5 ) - Normal operating
-
temperature is 170 °F to 185 °F

( 77 °C to 85 °C ); maximum
allowable temperature is 230 °F
( 110 °C) .
( 5) Transmission oil temperature in
dicator (6) - Normal operating
temperature is 165 ° F to 220 °F
(74 °C to 104 ° C ); maximum
allowable temperature is 300 °F
( 149 °C) .
2-30
TM 9-2350-238-10


17 During Controls Vehicle handles properly and all Vehicle controls do

and controls function properly (brakes , not function or ve
Handling steering , and shifting ) . hicle wanders when
operating . Parking
brake or service
brake inoperative .
Shifting lever binds
or will not shift .
18 During Crane CAUTION

Operator
Controls Do not operate hydraulic
system when filter bypass
indicator light is on , except
under emergency con
ditions .
Check the following cab controls for Controls do not

smooth operation : operate smoothly or
are damaged .
( 1 ) Boom winch .
( 2 ) Boom ..
( 3 ) Tow winch .
(4 ) Crane cab - through full

traverse .
( 5 ) Level wind .
19
During Wire Rope a . During operation of tow winch Frayed , kinked ,
and boom winch , check wire worn , or corroded
ropes for kinks , breaks , or frayed ropes must be re
condition . placed . Rope is un
safe if three broken
b . Observe level wind for proper wires are found in
operations . one strand of 6 x 7
rope , six broken
wires in one strand
of 6 x 19 rope , or
nine broken wires in
one strand of 6 x
37 rope .
2-31
TM 9-2350-238-10


20
During Hubs
CONTO
Feel road wheel hubs , idler wheel Any hub broken .

hubs , and sprocket hubs to make Proper lubrication
sure that no one hub is hotter than does not correct an
any of the others . Lubricate overheated hub .
overheated hub ( LO 9-2350-238
12 ) .
21 After Engine Pull engine fuel shut off handle Handle does not
Shut Down ( engine stop ) . shut down engine or
parts are missing
from linkage .
22 After Drain Valves
Open drivers compartment drain

valve ( 1 ) . Leave in open position .
2-32
TM 9-2350-238-10

RECOVERY VEHICLE M578 - CONTINUED -

23 After Fire
Extinguisher
R ET
FI
XT
TE :
Check fixed fire extinguisher handle Fire extinguisher is

( 1 ) for lead seal . discharged or seal is
broken .
24 After Engine NOTE

Compartment
Fluid Levels See PMCS procedures ,
paragraph b , page 2-19 .
a . Transmission oil level should be Any class Ill oil

within OPERATING RANGE on leaks . Oil below
dipstick ( 1 ) . Add oil as required . ADD or above FULL .
Oil is contaminated .
Change 1 2-33
TM 9-2350-238-10


24 After Engine
Compartment
Fluid Levels
( Continued )
b . Auxiliary drive oil level should Any class III leaks.

fall between FULL and ADD Oil drops below
marks on dipstick ( 2 ) . Add oil if ADD mark between
required . operations .
c . Engine oil level should be be Any class III oil

tween low ( L ) and full ( F ) mark leaks . Oil below
on dipstick ( 3 ) . If required , re ADD or above FULL
move cap ( 4 ) and add oil . Oil is contaminated .
2-34
TM 9-2350-238-10


25 After Fuel Level
Dente
2
Check fuel level at fuel gauge ( 1 ) .

Check fuel cell as required ; do not
fill cell above 6 in . ( 15.24 cm ) from
top . Check fuel filler neck ( 2 ) and
filter screen for foreign material and
clean as required .
26 After Drain Valve

QU
TR
AN
Open drain engine compartment

valves .
2-35
TM 9-2350-238-10


No. Interval Check/ Service Procedure Capable if:
27
After Final Drive
Check for oil leakage . Check that oil Class III oil leaks .
is level with bottom of plug openings
( 1 ) . Add oil if required .
28
After Air Cleaners
2
12
Make sure filter pacs ( 1 ) are present , Filter pacs are miss
lock lever ( 2 ) is positioned , door ing and/or doors do
locks operate , and doors seal proper not latch properly .
ly when closed .
2-36
TM 9-2350-238-10


29 After Fire
Extinguisher
0
PORE
CAY
Check that fixed fire extinguisher Fire extinguisher is

lead seal on fixed fire extinguisher unserviceable or seal
handle ( 1 ) is not broken . is broken .
30 After Drain Valve
Open rear drain valve ( 1 ) .
2-37
TM 9-2350-238-10


31
After Track
and
Wheels
DEAD TRACK SHOE
METAL - TO -METAL
CONTACT
BETWEEN NUT AND SHOE
a . Clean sprockets . Check road and One or more track

idler wheels , track tension , and shoes are dead on
suspension system components for each track . Any shoe
looseness and damage . Check for or pin broken or dis
dead track shoes by looking for torted . Any unser
metal -to -metal contact between viceable or missing
track pin nut and track shoe . wheel or wheel with
any rubber 3/4 in .
( 1.9 cm ) long .
Sprocket cracked or
has two or more
studs broken .
b. Check all track shoes for miss

ing pads or pads worn to grouser.
2-38 Change 1
TM 9-2350-238-10


31 After Track BUITE

and
Wheels
(Continued )
MORE
11
1
c. Check for broken torsion bars by Any torsion bar

prying up on a road wheel with broken or bent road
crowbar. If the wheel can be
raised, the torsion bar is broken .
wheel arm /eccentric .
|
Notify unit maintenance personnel .
d . Check road wheels for chunking

and separation that causes the
road wheel to thump when
placed in service . Notify unit
maintenance .
be
5.
32 After Hubs
th
Ol
Feel road wheel hubs , idler wheel Any hub broken .

hubs, and sprocket hubs to make Proper lubrication
sure that no one hub is hotter than does not correct an
any of the others . Lubricate overheated hub .
overheated hub (LO 9-2350-238-12 ) .
Change 1 2-39
TM 9-2350-238-10

-

No. Interval Check /Service Procedure Capable if :
33 After Suspension CAUTION

Lockout
System Unlock suspension system
before driving the vehicle .
NOTE
Vehicles 1 thru 480 have

10 lockout cylinders and
vehicles 481 and subse
quent have 8 (the center
road wheel on these does
not have lockout cylinders ) .
a . Actuate suspension lockout con

trol handle ( 1 ) and check suspen
sion lock indicator light ( 2 ) for
damage and illumination .
BLOCK
DO
2-40
TM 9-2350-238-10


33 After Suspension b . Check for defective lockout Two front or two

Lockout cylinders . rear lockout cylin
System ders are inoperative .
( Continued ) ( 1 ) Place a wood block , 4 to 6 Two lockout
in . ( 10.16 to 15.24 cm ) high , cylinders are in
under one track . operative on one
side of vehicle .
( 2 ) Start engine and make sure

lockout control valve handle
is in UNLOCKED position .
( 3 ) Drive vehicle over block

slowly . Watch road wheels.
All road wheels should rise
over block . If any do not rise ,
notify unit maintenance .
( 4) Set lockout control valve

handle in LOCKED position .
( 5 ) Drive vehicle over block

slowly . Watch road wheels .
Except as noted above ,
wheels should remain rigid . If
any wheel rises , notify unit
maintenance .
34 After Spade Lower and raise spade , checking for During operation ,
cracks at cylinder mounting points , spade cannot be
smoothness of operation , and leaks . emplaced or re
tracked to stowed
position .
Cracks exist at
cylinder mounting
points or class III
leak is present .
2-41
M 9-2350-238-10

-

35 After Fire 1
Extinguisher
Check that portable fire extinguisher Fire extinguishers

( 1 ) is properly stowed and lead seal are unserviceable or
is not broken . Make sure nozzle.is seals are broken .
serviceable and secure .
36 Cal .50 WARNING

After
Machine Gun
M2 Make certain machine gun
is clear of ammo and barrel
is free of obstruction .
Remove , clean , and secure . Refer to

TM 9-1005-213-10 .
37 After Hatches Operate to be sure they lock secure

and Doors ly in open and closed positions .
Check that seals are secure and not
damaged .
NOTE
Perform all before checks

before performing weekly
checks .
2-42
TM 9-2350-238-10


No. Interval Check / Service Procedure Capable if:
38
Weekly Batteries
WARNING
Set MASTER switch OFF

before checking batteries.
Remove all watches and

jewelry from your person to
prevent possible injury by
becoming entangled in
vehicle .
Make sure all electrical

switches are OFF to prevent
possible battery gas ex
plosion .
CAUTION
Do not open driver's cover

while servicing batteries.
The cover handle may short
out on cable connections .
a. In cold weather , after water has One battery is un

been added to batteries, start serviceable or miss
engine and fast idle for 30 min ing .
utes to recharge batteries and mix
water with residual electrolyte to
prevent freezing of batteries.
b . Check batteries for corrosion and

correct electrolyte level (TM
9-6140-200-14 ) . Refer to page
3-36 .
2-43
M 9-2350-238-10


39 Weekly Lights a. Check operation of front, back ,

and Crane and interior lights .
Lights
b. Check operation of floodlights
and flasher light in cab .
C. Inspect for discolored or broken

lenses .
40 Weekly Hand Pump

Operation
@@
2
府
a . Pull boom winch brake pressure
selector valve ( 1 ) out . Place
winch shift lever ( 2 ) in neutral .
AM
2-44
TM 9-2350-238-10


40 Weekly Hand Pump b . Operate hydraulic pump ( 3 ) until

Operation boom with brake is released .
( Continued )
c . Manually pull on boom winch
cable from end of boom to make
sure hand pump is operating . If
cable is pulled from winch , winch
.
brake is released and hand pump

is operating properly .
41 Weekly Gas -Particulate NOTE

Filter Unit
Check both driver's and
crew gas -particulate filter
unit .
a . Check that each hose assembly

( 1 ) is securely attached to quick
disconnect outlet ( 2 ) on side of
air purifier ( 3) .
b . Check each hose ( 1 ) for cracks or

breaks .
c . Check that electrical power cable

(4) is securely connected to con
nector on back of air purifier (3 ) .
Change 1 2-45
TM 9-2350-238-10


41 Weekly Gas -Particulate

Filter Unit
( Continued )
3
6
2
5
Vaturali
A
d . Check that unused quick
disconnect outlets ( 2 ) on air
purifier ( 3) are covered with air
flow control caps ( 5 ) .
e . Check that spring clip ( 6) is

covering intake holes .
f. Check that filter unit is clean and
dry .
g . Notify NBC unit maintenance per

sonnel to replace contaminated
filters .
42 Weekly Belt
2
‫لارا‬
3
‫(!ر‬2
5
Sosim
‫الالهيلا‬
4
StarTM
amia
Bu
inwoners
DEMI
O
2-46
TM 9-2350-238-10


42 Weekly Belt Inspect fan belt for proper condition Belt is missing ,
( Continued ) and tension adjustment as follows : frayed , or broken .
Adjuster will not
( 1 ) Remove all bolts and washers adjust .
securing fan well deck and
remove deck .
( 2 ) Check fan belt ( 1 ) for fraying

and proper position in fan
sheave .
( 3 ) Loosen top jam nut ( 2 ) , then

tighten top adjusting nut ( 3)
within operating range of
gauge plate (4) .
(4) Use wrench or pliers to hold

tension shaft ( 5 ) and secure
tension adjustment by
tightening jam nut ( 2 ) .
( 5 ) Install fan well deck and

secure with screws and
washers .
43 Weekly Oil Lines Check engine oil filters and power Any class Il oil
plant oil lines for leaks and damage . leaks . Any oil line
Tighten loose connections . or oil line connection
broken or missing .
2-47
M 9-2350-238-10

RECOVERY VEHICLE M578 - CONTINUED .

44 Weekly Power Plant

Reservoir
Remove plug ( 1 ) , if installed , and

drain reservoir into suitable con
tainer . Check and clean drain plug
hole in access cover ( 2 ) . Wire plug
( 1 ) to hand throttle control rod in
driver's compartment .
45 Weekly Traversing
System
Check traversing system ( 1 ) for Cab does not

damage , obstruction , rust , and prop traverse .
er lubrication .
2-48
TM 9-2350-238-10
Section III . OPERATON UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS
SECTION INDEX
Page
ASSEMBLY AND PREPARATION FOR USE 2-50
EMERGENCY OPERATION OF CRANE AND SPADE . 2-87
Lowering boom . 2-88
Raising spade . 2-90
Releasing boom winch brake . 2-88
Releasing tow winch brake •
2-89
Traversing cab .2-90
INITIAL ADJUSTMENTS AND DAILY CHECKS 2-50
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS ON DECALS AND INSTRUCTION PLATES 1 2-105
OPERATING PROCEDURES . 2-50
Backing vehicle .. 2-62
Driving on rough and hilly terrain . 2-61
Driving vehicle .. 2-57
Hydraulic impact wrench operation . 2-86
Instrument panel checkout procedures . 2-54
Normal engine starting 2-52
Operating crane 2-66
Boom and boom winch operation 2-85
Boom operation 2-76
Boom winch operation .
2-75
-
Hoisting and tow winching capacities - spade properly emplaced 2-74

Hoisting and tow winching capacities - spade retracted . 2-74
Hoisting and tow winching load rating capacities instruction plate . 2-73
Level wind operation . 2-81
Load rating capacities instruction plate 2-74
Operating spade 2-69
Positioning spade in travel position 1 2-72
Spade emplacement on average soil 2-69
Spade emplacement on hard ground . . 2-70
Spade emplacement on ice , concrete , or very hard ground
.
. 2-70
Operating suspension lockout system . 0 2-68
Operation precautions .2-72
Recovery operation 2-84
Reeving boom winch wire rope 2-77
Starting hydraulic system 1 2-67
Tow winch and wire rope operation : 2-83
Tow winch operation 2-79
Traversing cab 2-78
Vehicle operation . 2-84
Operation of driving lights and dome light 2-57
Operation of dome light... 2-57
Operation of light switch assembly . 2-57
!
Pre-starting instructions 2-51

Recovery vehicle after operation services 2-66
Shifting transmission .
2-60
Starting engine by towing . 2-56
Starting engine using auxiliary equipment 2-55
2-49
TM 9-2350-238-10
SECTION INDEX - CONTINUED
Page
Towing a disabled M578 recovery vehicle . 2-63
Towing other disabled vehicles .2-65
OPERATION OF AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT . .2-92
Caliber .50 machine gun mount nomenclature . 11 2-92
Installing communications equipment . 2-96
Operating caliber .50 machine gun .2-93
Operating caliber .50 machine gun mount . 2-92
Operating communications equipment . 2-103
Operating fixed fire extinguisher . 2-93
Operating gas -particulate filter unit .2-94
Operating portable fire extinguisher .
.2-94
ASSEMBLY AND PREPARATION FOR USE • Do not apply brake if a track

is thrown ; allow vehicle to
Before operating a new or reconditioned vehi coast to a halt .
cle, make sure unit maintenance personnel
service the vehicle . • Whenever operating vehicle ,
use hearing protection
INITIAL ADJUSTMENTS AND DAILY devices to protect against
CHECKS high intensity noise .
• Driver will remain in driver's
Performing preventive maintenance checks
and services ( PMCS ) on pages 2-18 thru 2-48 compartment while engine is
before, during , and after operation makes running .
sure that all adjustments and daily checks re
CAUTION
quired for effective vehicle operation will be
completed . Keep vehicle ready for any action .
• This vehicle has a semiauto
OPERATING PROCEDURES matic transmission . It must
be shifted manually .
Familiarize yourself with operating instruc
tions on decals and instruction plates itemized • To prevent engine damage
on pages 2-105 thru 2-107 . Instructions and when engine is hot from
operation , set hand throttle
procedures required to operate vehicle under for engine idle of 1,000 to
normal conditions are on the following pages .
1,200 rpm and allow to idle
for 2 to 5 minutes prior to
shutdown .
WARNING
• Start with transmission in

• Fasten your seat belt . Drive range 1 when driving with a
carefully . cold engine .
2-50
TM 9-2350-238-10
PRE -STARTING INSTRUCTIONS
2
1
4
1 Do the before operation PMCS on pages

2-18 thru 2-48 .
5
2 Adjust driver's seat . To adjust seat
height , use your body weight to hold
seat and pull up on vertical adjusting rod 6
handle ( 1 ) . To adjust seat forward or
backward , push in horizontal adjusting
::::
lever ( 2 ) . Release handle and lever to
1.
lock in position .
3 Secure driver's cupola cover . Lock
cupola cover in open position by engag 7
ing lock ( 3 ) . Lock cupola cover in closed
position by rotating inner handle (4) until
latch engages in cupola ring .
CAUTION
To avoid damage to radio, turn

off all communication switches
before starting vehicle .
autos 2
4 Make sure communication ( 5 ) , air purifier

ara
( 6) , light ( 7 ) , and accessory ( 8 ) switches

in driver's compartment are OFF .
8
2-51
TM 9-2350-238-10
PRE -STARTING INSTRUCTIONS - CONTINUED
10
SUE
ma .
(11
5 Make sure floodlight ( 9 ) , flasher ( 10) ,

level wind ( 11 ) , air purifier ( 12 ) , and
dome light ( 13 ) switches are OFF in cab .
12
13
NORMAL ENGINE STARTING
NOTE
Use these procedures to start
engine in temperate climates
(40 °F (4 °C ) and warmer) . To 2
start engine in colder climates ,
refer to page 2-110 .
5
1 Perform pre-starting procedure . Refer to 3
page 2-51 .
on
っっno
4
っっ.っっ
1
2 Set vehicle parking brake . To set brake ,
press down service brake ( 1 ) and pull
out and down on parking brake handle
( 2) . Release parking brake handle and
then release service brake .
3 Put transmission shift lever ( 3 ) in N 6

( neutral ) position and make sure that
latch ( 4) is locked .
4 Depress hand throttle control release but

ton and push throttle control ( 5 ) in .
5 Push engine shutdown handle ( 6 ) in

against hull .
2-52
TM 9-2350-238-10
NORMAL ENGINE STARTING - CONTINUED
.
8 10
1
W
Juu
11
5
(12
00000006 9
NOTE
CAUTION
Before turning MASTER switch

ON , make sure that all other Do not operate starter con
electrical switches are in OFF tinuously for over 30 seconds .
position . Allow a 1 -minute cooling off
period before again engaging
starter . Notify unit maintenance
personnel if engine fails to start
on fourth try .
8 Push in on START switch ( 11 ) and hold

6 Turn MASTER switch ( 7 ) and INSTru until engine starts , then release . Warning
ment switch ( 8 ) to ON . Master indicator horn will sound until engine oil pressure
light ( 9 ) will light and warning horn will reaches 8 psi ( 55 kPa ) .
sound .
9 Adjust throttle control ( 5 ) and run engine
7 Operate engine fuel filters switch ( 10) at 1,000 to 1,200 rpm (fast idle ) as in
for 1 minute to make sure fuel lines are dicated on tachometer ( 12 ) . Allow
full . engine to warm up at 1,000 to 1,200
rpm for approximately 5 minutes .
10 Perform instrument panel checkout pro

cedures during engine warmup period .
WARNING
Refer to page 2-54 .
Protect your hearing . Use 11 Release parking brake and shift transmis
hearing protection when sion into 1st range . Drive vehicle slowly
operating vehicle due to high for first 100 yards ( 91.4 m ) to warm
intensity noise . lubricants .
Change 1 2-53
TM 9-2350-238-10
INSTRUMENT PANEL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES
INOL n .
ACM
MITUT
5 Teg
11
van
4
3 a
2 12
Suomes
MANO
• RUMI
00000
DO0 10 6 7 8 9
1091 13
1 FUEL gauge ( 1 ) . Should be near full 6 ENGINE WATER temperature indicator

mark ( 6) . Normal operating temperature is
170 ° F to 185 ° F ( 77 ° C to 85 ° C ); max
2 ENGINE-TRANSmission TEMPerature imum allowable temperature is 230 ° F
PRESsure warning lamp ( 2 ) . Light should ( 110 ° C ) .
be off during engine operation .
7 ENGINE OIL pressure indicator ( 7 ) . Nor
NOTE mal operating pressure at 1,800 rpm and
above is 50 to 70 psi ( 344.75 to 482.65
If warning horn sounds and kPa ) . Minimum allowable pressure is 5
ENGINE -TRANSmission psi ( 34.48 kPa ) at 650 rpm ; 28 psi
TEMPerature -PRESsure indicator ( 193.06 kPa ) at 1,800 rpm ; 30 psi
( 2 ) lights at idle speed (650 ( 206.85 kPa ) at 2,000 rpm ; and 35 psi
700 rpm ) , increase speed to ( 241.33 kPa ) at 2,300 rpm .
800 rpm . If horn continues to
sound and light does not go off , 8 GENerator WARNING lamp ( 8 ) . Light
stop engine and notify unit should be off . Lights when generator is
maintenance personnel . not charging .
3 TRANSmission OIL temperature indicator 9 BATTERY /generator indicator ( 9 ) . Normal

( 3 ) . Normal operating temperature is range is when needle is in GREEN .
165 ° F to 220 ° F ( 74 ° C to 105 ° C ); max
imum allowable temperature is 300 ° F 10 MASTER switch INDicator lamp ( 10 ) .
( 149 °C ) . Lights when MASTER switch is on .
4 TRANSmission OIL pressure indicator ( 4 ) . 11 TACHOMETER ( 11 ) and SPEEDOMETER

Normal pressure is 30 psi ( 206.85 kPa ) ( 12 ) should operate without excessive
at 1,800 rpm and above ; 10 psi ( 68.95 fluctuation or unusual noises .
kPa ) at 1,000 rpm is minimum allowable .
12 LOW ENGINE COOLANT WARNING
5 HI -BEAM INDicator light ( 5 ) . Lights when LIGHT ( 13) . Should be off . Lights and
.
headlights are on and dimmer switch has warning horn sounds when engine
been pushed to place lights on high coolant is low or when air is present in
beam . cooling system . Press to test lamp .
2-54
TM 9-2350-238-10
STARTING ENGINE USING AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT
IN JILIJOS
O r o
2
4 3
FIRE
370
1
18
1 Position slave vehicle ( 1 ) as close to 5 Turn INSTrument switch to ON in receiv

receiving vehicle ( 2 ) as possible so that ing vehicle . Press in engine START
slave receptacles ( 3) of both vehicles are switch on receiving vehicle and start
side by side . engine .
2 Make sure that MASTER switch and all 6 When engine in receiving vehicle is run
necessary switches in receiving vehicle ning , disconnect slave cable from both
are OFF, and that transmission shift lever vehicles . Turn MASTER switch ON in
is in N ( neutral ) . receiving vehicle .
3 Start engine in slave vehicle and set 7 Adjust throttle control and run engine at
hand throttle at 1,000 to 1,200 rpm on 1,000 to 1,200 rpm (fast idle ) as in
engine tachometer . dicated on tachometer .
CAUTION 8 Allow engine to warm up at 1,000 to

1,200 rpm for approximately 5 minutes .
Make sure cable prongs match Watch that BATTERY/generator indicator
receptacle holes ( + ) to ( + ) and returns to NORMAL zone .
(- ) to ( - ) .
9 Perform instrument checkout procedures
4 Connect slave cable (4) to slave recep during engine warm -up period . Refer to
tacle ( 3 ) in each vehicle . page 2-54.
2-55
TM 9-2350-238-10
STARTING ENGINE BY TOWING
S
1 3 CLEVIS END
‫פנינג‬ ‫פנגו‬
1101
2
WARNING 5 Depress service brake , lift up on parking

brake handle and push handle to panel to
release parking brake on towed vehicle .
• Do not depress accelerator
on towed vehicle and do not
6 Tow vehicle forward in a straight line .
exceed 10 miles per hour Engine should start by the time vehicle
when tow -starting vehicle . speed reaches 6 to 8 mph ( 9.65 to
12.88 kph ) .
• Do not attempt to tow -start
a M110A2 with the recovery
vehicle . Use another
7 When engine in towed vehicle starts,
M110A2 vehicle . The
shift into N ( neutral ) and adjust hand
M110A2 cannon and muzzle throttle until engine operates at fast idle
brake will not clear M578 ( 1,000 to 1,200 rpm ) .
cab .
8 Allow engine to warm up at 1,000 to
1,200 rpm for approximately 5 minutes .
Watch that BATTERY/generator indicator
returns to NORMAL zone .
1 Connect tow bar ( 1 ) between towing
vehicle pintle ( 2 ) and towed vehicle tow
ing lugs ( 3 ) . WARNING
2 Shift transmission to range 2 on towed Place transmission shift lever

vehicle . in neutral and lock brakes on
both vehicles before remov
3 Make sure that all electrical switches are ing tow bar .
OFF , that hand throttle is pushed in , and
that engine shutdown handle in towed 9 Disconnect tow bar from both vehicles .
vehicle is pushed in against hull .
10 Perform instrument panel checkout pro
4 Turn MASTER switch and INSTrument cedures during engine warm -up period .
switch ON in towed vehicle . Refer to page 2-54 .
2-56
TM 9-2350-238-10
OPERATION OF DRIVING LIGHTS AND DOME

LIGHT
OPERATION OF DOME LIGHT
Blue light ON : Turn lever ( 1 ) fully

clockwise .
2 White light ON : Press safety latch ( 2 )

and turn lever ( 1 ) counterclockwise past
stop .
3 2
Both lights OFF : Turn lever ( 1 )
counterclockwise or clockwise past stop .
OPERATION OF LIGHT SWITCH ASSEMBLY
BO MARKER
Panels show which lights are turned on by Blackout marker light

different positions of main light switch .
1 Safety switch ( 1 ) . Push up to unlock
3
SER LIGHT
୧g Blackout stoplight
Service headlight
main light switch ( 2 ) . Release after main DIMMER
light switch ( 2 ) is in position . SWITCH
2 Main light switch ( 2 ) . Turn to desired Service taillight and stoplight

position . legi Brightens
when braking
3 Instrument panel light switch ( 3 ) . Push
BO DRIVE Blackout drive light
up to turn on panel light .
DIMMER
SWITCH
09 co
tai
B.O. Blackoutmarker light
OFF 03
I.R. Blackout stoplight
DRIVING VEHICLE
WARNING
• Drive carefully , especially if • Fasten your seat belt and

alert crew members to fasten
you're not experienced with
vehicle . On hard pavement , their seat belts to avoid in
avoid oversteering and jury in the event of a sudden
speeding ; you could lose con stop or directional change .
trol of vehicle .
• Driver will remain in engine
• Be sure that driver's cupola compartment while engine is
cover is secured in either running .
open or closed position dur
ing operation .
2-5
TM 9-2350-238-10
DRIVING VEHICLE - CONTINUED

NOTE
CAUTION
Do not attempt to drive M578

Recovery Vehicle until you are Do not coast down grade .
thoroughly familiar with all con Downshift when going down
trols , instruments , and pro steep hills . Use range 2 or 3
cedures . Read and heed all on long grades ( 0 - 15 % ) ,
WARNINGS and CAUTIONS and range 1 on steep grades
which apply to safe operation ( 15 - 30 % ) .
of vehicle and accessories .
• This vehicle has a semiauto
Before moving vehicles, make sure of the matic transmission . It must
following : be shifted manually .
That boom is centered forward over

vehicle and single boom block is secured
to eye . 5 2
That all basic issue items are stowed and

secure .
2
1
That lockout control valve handle ( 1 ) is

in UNLOCKED position and SUSPENSION 4
LOCKED indicator light ( 2 ) is OFF .
6 7
CAUTION
• Reduce engine speed to

( 650-700 rpm ) before shift
ing transmission into gear .
1 Depress brake pedal ( 1 ) , lift up on park
ing brake handle ( 2 ) , and push in on
• Do not shift into reverse gear
parking brake handle to release parking
unless vehicle is at a dead brake .
stop and engine is operating
at idle rpm .
2 With brake pedal ( 1 ) depressed , engine
running at 650-700 rpm , release shift
• When starting on a hill , de lever latch ( 3 ) and shift from N ( neutral )
press brake and place trans to range 1 .
mission in low " 1 " position ,
increase engine speed and 3 Release brake pedal ( 1 ) and depress ac
release brake .
celerator (4 ) to obtain necessary vehicle
speed . Shift through gear ranges to
• Don't hold vehicle on an up necessary speed range . Refer to page
grade by using accelerator as 2-60 for information on the range to use
a brake . Transmission will for different conditions .
overheat .
2-58
TM 9-2350-238-10
DRIVING VEHICLE - CONTINUED

NOTE 5 While driving , check speedometer (6) and
tachometer ( 7 ) . Be alert for any malfunc
Minimum turning radius is 15 ft tion by observing instruments and warn
( 4.575 m ) with transmission in ing lights .
forward ranges 1 and 2 or
reverse 1 , and 38 ft ( 11.59 m ) 6 To stop vehicle , release accelerator (4)
with transmission in forward and depress brake pedal ( 1 ) until vehicle
ranges 3 and 4 or reverse 2 . comes to a halt .
7 When stopped , do during operation
4 Use steering bar ( 5) to turn vehicle . PMCS on pages 2-18 thru 2-48 .
Make a steady, even turn . Vehicle will
turn same direction in reverse as in for 8 When driving , make sure to observe
ward . Do not jerk or oversteer since loss overhead clearance and allow room for
of control could occur . corners of vehicle when making turns .
Shift to forward range 1 or 2 for sharp
turns .
CAUTION
To avoid engine overspeed

damage , do not exceed 2300
rpm in any speed range .
38.5 IN .
114.38 IN .
( 290.53 CM ) Oo 000
(97.79 CM ) mit
97.75 IN .
( 248.29 CM )
с
234.07 "
byl
CLUTCH BRAKE STEER
(FORWARD RANGE 1 )
ILLUU
o
A - 13'5 ' ' (408.94 CM )
CD
B - 16'10 " ( 513.08 CM )
C - 2'6 ' ' ( 76.2 CM ) B'
A'
CLUTCH BRAKE STEER
C
( FORWARD RANGE 1
AND 2 AND REVERSE 1 )
GEARED STEER
( FORWARD RANGE 3
AT 15 MPH )
‫צוענן‬
A' - 36'2" ( 1102.36 CM )
-
B ' . 41 ' ( 12.50 M )

HHH
C ' . 29 ' ( 8.84 M )
GEARED STEER
( FORWARD RANGE 3
AND 4 AND REVERSE 2 )
2-59
TM 9-2350-238-10
SHIFTING TRANSMISSION
CAUTION
The transmission is equipped with a shift in
hibitor . It restricts movement of shift lever
and prevents down shifting of transmission Never attempt to shift into
until vehicle speed drops within correct reverse gear range unless vehi
operating limits for desired gear range . Brake cle is at a dead stop and engine
vehicle to prevent vehicle speed from over is operating at idle rpm .
running engine speed while down shifting.
The shift lever is equipped with a latch ( 1 )
which must be depressed in order to shift
transmission from neutral into gear .
4th GEAR
USE FOR NORMAL DRIVING CONDITIONS ON

FIRM , SMOOTH , LEVEL GROUND .
3RD GEAR
1. USE TO START VEHICLE ON HARD SUR

FACED ROADS UNTIL SUFFICIENT VEHI 1
CLE SPEED 112 TO 15 MPH : 19 TO 24
KPHI PERMITS SHIFTING TO FOURTH
( 4TH ) GEAR RANGE
‫גאון‬
N
2. USE FOR SUSTAINED HEAVY PULLING

AND FOR GOING UP OR DOWN LONG
GRADES
2ND GEAR
1. USE TO TOW HEAVY LOADS .

2. USE TO GO UP OR DOWN STEEP GRADES
AND ON EXTREMELY MUDDY OR ROUGH
TERRAIN
3. USE DURING FORWARD SHORT RADIUS
TURNS MAXIMUM SPEED 34 MPH 155 KPH )
1ST GEAR MAXIMUM SPEED 17 MPH 127 KPH )

3
1. USE TO SET VEHICLE IN FORWARD MO MAXIMUM SPEED 9 MPH 14 KPH )

TION IN FIELD OPERATION . UPSHIFT TO A
HIGHER GEAR RANGE WHEN VEHICLE
SPEED PERMITS . MAXIMUM SPEED 5 MPH 18 KPH )
2. USE FOR GOING UP OR DOWN STEEP

GRADES AND ON SOFT MUDDY , OR
ROUGH TERRAIN . N
3. USE DURING FORWARD SHORT RADIUS
TURNS . MAXIMUM SPEED 4 MPH 16 KPH )
NEUTRAL MAXIMUM SPEED 7 MPH ( 11 KPH )

R2
CAUTION NEVER GO DOWN AN INCLINE
WITH TRANSMISSION IN NEUTRAL ( N )
POSITION
REVERSE RANGE 1
1. USE FOR REVERSE CLUTCH BRAKE

TURNS , HEAVY LOADS . OR SOFT
GROUND
2. USE FOR GOING UP STEEP GRADES IN

REVERSE FOR MAXIMUM ENGINE POWER
REVERSE RANGE 2
USE FOR LEVEL GROUND AND HARD SUR

FACES WHEN BACKING UP FOR LONG
DISTANCES BECOMES NECESSARY
2-60
TM 9-2350-238-10
DRIVING ON ROUGH AND HILLY TERRAIN
Go up and down long grades in range 2 or 3 1

1.1.1.1.1.1
( 0 - 15 percent ) , steep grades in range 1 ( 15
- 30 percent ) . Don't coast. There
OOOOC
Shift transmission to range 1 ( low ) before go
ing up or down steep grades and when start
ing on a hill .
1 Trench Crossing . Reduce speed as vehi
Don't hold vehicle on an upgrade by using ac cle approaches edge of trench , then
celerator . The transmission will overheat . speed up when tracks contact far side of
trench . Maximum width of trench that
can be safely crossed is 7 ft 9 in . ( 2.36
m ).
WARNING 2
QUEusko 30 %
3800000
• Brake vehicle to prevent vehi 15%
cle speed from overrunning
engine speed . If vehicle
speed overruns engine speed ,
you will not be able to down 2 Steep Grades . Speed up as vehicle
shift to a lower range and climbs hill ; slow down at crest of hill and
may lose control of vehicle . while going down . Use range 2 or 3 for
normal grades from 0-15 % and range 1
for steep grades from 15-30 % .
CAUTION 3
OO
K III
00000
000
Steer vehicle in a series of short OOOOHOLE
turns rather than a long , even
turn when operating in loose
sand , dirt , or rocks . This will
allow debris to feed out of
track . If debris accumulates , a 3 Going Down Hills . Go down hills slowly
thrown track or damage to and shift to lower range before starting
suspension system may result . down . Approach bottom of hill cautiously
to avoid digging in and damaging final
drives or tracks .
2-61
TM 9-2350-238-10
BACKING VEHICLE
.
GROUND GUIDE 1 GROUND GUIDE 2
(AREA OF RESPONSIBILITY ) (AREA OF RESPONSIBILITY )
]
통 MR
TE : 12
[ F@)
X ХХ
GROUND DRIVER GROUND

GUIDE 1 GUIDE 2
To back vehicle : visible to both driver and ground guide 2

and will relay signals from ground guide
1 Driver will step on brake and shift into 2 to driver .
reverse .
4 Ground guide 2 will be positioned to left
2 Driver will be directed by hand signals and rear of vehicle and will direct vehicle
from ground guide 1 . movement by means of hand signals to
ground guide 1 .
3 Ground guide 1 will be positioned to left
and front of vehicle . He will be highly
2-62
TM 9-2350-238-10
SHUTTING DOWN VEHICLE
1 Stop vehicle . Refer to page 2-59 .
2 With brake pedal ( 1 ) depressed , move 4

shift lever ( 2 ) into neutral , pull out and 2
down on brake release handle ( 3) .
Release brake pedal ( 1 ) . 司
CAUTION
Failure to observe proper engine

shutdown procedures will cause 3
high engine failure rate .
3 Set hand throttle control lever ( 4) to run
engine at 1,000 to 1,200 rpm and allow
engine to cool for 3 to 5 minutes until
temperature reaches 170 ° F - 185 ° F
( 77 ° C - 85 ° C ) .
4 Push in throttle control lever (4) to return
en
engine to normal idle .
(5
5 Turn off all communication and ac
cessory switches .
6 Pull out engine shutdown handle ( 5 ) until

engine stops, then push handle back to
hull .
NOTE
8 After vehicle is shut down , do after
If engine doesn't stop , check operation PMCS on pages 2-18 thru
shutdown linkage . 2-48 .
7 Turn INSTrument and MASTER switches 9 Secure vehicle . Close and padlock
off . cupola , all hatches, and doors .
TOWING A DISABLED M578 RECOVERY VEHICLE

NOTE
CAUTION Coordinate with unit mainte

nance personnel to disconnect
Do not tow a disabled vehicle final drives .
over 5 mph ( 8 kph ) . In an
emergency a disabled vehicle 1 Block tracks of a disabled vehicle to pre
can be towed for a distance , vent any movement .
not to exceed 1/4 mile (0.4
km ) , without disconnecting final 2 Remove deck clips or bolts and remove
drives . Do not shift towed vehi transmission deck to gain access to final
cle into gear during towing drive couplings .
operation .
2-63
TM 9-2350-238-10
TOWING A DISABLED M578 RECOVERY VEHICLE - CONTINUED
3 To disconnect final drives :
a. Remove six screws and washers ( 1 )

securing saddle cap and seal (2 ) . CITO
b. Using a spanner wrench, unscrew

locknut ( 3 ) from output coupling (4) ;
a hammer and drift pin may be used
in an emergency . 2
의
C. Push locknut ( 3 ) back into final drive
housing ( 5 ) .
d. Using pliers , remove retainer ( 6 ) from

groove in final drive shaft ( 7 ) .
4
e. Using a screwdriver, remove final
drive shaft ( 7 ) from output coupling
(4) and push final drive shaft ( 7 ) into
final drive housing ( 5 ) .
f. Retrieve locknut ( 3) from final drive 5
housing ( 5 ) , place retainer ( 6 ) into in
P
terior shoulder of locknut ( 3 ) and
screw locknut and retainer onto out
put coupling (4 ) . B
A
g. Replace saddle cap and seal ( 2 ) and
secure with six screws and washers
(1 ).
h. Repeat steps 3a thru 3g to discon

nect opposite final drive .
7
i. Replace and secure transmission
deck (cover ) .
CAUTION
• Use a tow bar when towing another vehicle . When final drives are
disconnected , you can't steer or brake .
• Tow cables may be used to tow a disabled vehicle short distances

on fairly level terrain only when brakes are operational on the
disabled vehicle . When towing a vehicle in neutral , there is a
danger of towed vehicle overrunning towing vehicle .
• Make sure tow cables are crossed to prevent damage to track .
2-64
TM 9-2350-238-10
TOWING A DISABLED M578 RECOVERY VEHICLE - CONTINUED
TOW CABLE
TOW CABLE TOW HOCK
‫פני כן‬
1002 110
TOW BAR
TOW BAR CLEVIS END
‫פנונן‬
ALLT
001
4 Remove tow hooks from hull lugs and CAUTION

stow in stowage box .
5 Install tow bar between pintle on towing When towing a vehicle , turn in
a wide arc to prevent inter
vehicle and tow lugs on towed vehicle . ference of tracks and undue
Remove blocks from tracks of towed side strain on tow bar .
6
vehicle .
9 When towing a vehicle at night, turn
7 Shift towed vehicle into N (neutral ) . towed vehicle lights ON if tactical situa
tion permits . All other switches should
be OFF .
8 Release brake on towed vehicle and
signal towing vehicle to start .
TOWING OTHER DISABLED VEHICLES
មា
-0
SHTE
EI : 11: LT
BOLQO0 ooooo
M578 M110A2
Vehicle preparation for towing varies from Some vehicles with long gun tubes , such as
item to item . Always refer to operator's M110A2 , must be towed backwards to avoid
manual of vehicle to be towed for detailed hitting M578 recovery vehicle cab with gun
towing procedures . tube or muzzle brake .
2-65
TM 9-2350-238-10
RECOVERY VEHICLE AFTER OPERATION not operate winch/crane with

SERVICES less than four turns of wire
rope on drums . Failure to
The PMCS after operation services are observe these warnings could
designed to make sure that vehicle will be result in injuries to personnel .
ready for its next mission . By following PMCS
after operation procedures , any defects • During winch /crane opera
should be discovered before serious damage tions , direct all personnel to
.
or failure occurs and repair can be started on stay clear of operations area .
any defects without immediately risking next A snapped cable or shifting
mission . load can be extremely
dangerous . If faulty equip
Perform all after operation ( A ) checks and ser ment halts operations , notify
vices itemized in table 2-1 on pages 2-18 thru unit maintenance personnel
2-48 . immediately .
Check equipment log book . • Arrange signals with equip

ment operator to prevent in
Open drain valves and drain accumulated jury to personnel , or damage
water . to equipment during loading/
unloading operations .
Check air cleaners .
• Do not allow personnel to
Fill vehicle fuel cell with diesel fuel . stand or walk under lifted
load .
Check temperature of all wheel hubs and
final drive hubs .
• Any kinks , crushed sections ,
or broken strands of wire
Notify unit maintenance personnel to rope are potential weak
replace contaminated filters .
points and can cause rope to
fail . Frayed , kinked , worn , or
Check track tension , track pads , and corroded ropes must be
vehicle suspension . replaced . Rope is unsafe if
three broken wires are found
Remove , clean , and secure cal .50
machine gun . in one strand of 6 x 7 rope ,
six broken wires in one
strand of 6 x 19 rope , or
Clean vehicle . nine broken wires in one
strand of 6 x 37 rope .
Secure vehicle with padlocks .
OPERATING CRANE CAUTION
All crane operations are performed with Vehicle should not be driven
pressurized hydraulic oil . Crane operation con with suspension system lock
sists of : ed . Vehicle may be driven for
WARNING a short distance at very slow
speed with suspension locked
only if moving a load or
• Always wear leather gloves emplacing spade in hard
when handling winch cable . ground .
Never allow cable to run
through hands . Broken wires
can cause painful injuries . Do
2-66
TM 9-2350-238-10
OPERATING CRANE - CONTINUED
CAUTION 3 Operating tow winch to recover a dis

abled vehicle , such as pulling out a mired
Make sure flasher light is vehicle or a damaged vehicle .
operating during recovery or
load . Do not lift or tow leads 4 Locking suspension system to make
beyond rated capacities of recovery vehicle a stable platform from
equipment . which to work .
1 Operating boom and boom winch to lift 5 Emplacing spade to take advantage of
loads and place them where desired , total recovery vehicle weight to lift
such as removal and installation of loads , and to provide an anchor to pre
power plants .
vent moving the M578 recovery vehicle
when pulling heavy loads with tow
2 Traversing cab to locate boom over a winch .
load and /or to align tow winch wire rope
with a vehicle being recovered .
STARTING HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
]
1 Start and warm up engine . Refer to page only at engine idle speed . When
2-52 . magnetic clutch is engaged ,
engine speed should not exceed
NOTE 1,350 rpm .
Warm hydraulic oil before 3 Set hydraulic pump PTO CLUTCH switch
operating hydraulic components ( 2 ) to ON .
in cold weather . Engage
hydraulic system for 5-10 4 When magnetic clutch is engaged , in
minutes when temperature is dicator light (3 ) comes on . Pull hand
32 °F (0 °C ) or below . throttle ( 1 ) all the way out to run engine
at 1,350 rpm with only hydraulic pump
2 Idle engine 650-700 rpm using hand operating . When operating hydraulic
throttle ( 1 ) . components , engine speed will drop to
1,200 rpm .
CAUTION
Make sure that hydraulic pump

power takeoff clutch is engaged
2-67
TM 9-2350-238-10
STARTING HYDRAULIC SYSTEM - CONTINUED -
оlобы
fe
G
1
si 過
jo
11
0
CAUTION rpm , set hydraulic pump PTO clutch
switch ( 2 ) to OFF , stop engine , and
Do not operate hydraulic notify unit maintenance personnel .
system when filter bypass in
dicator light (4) is on , except 6 When hydraulic system is not required ,
under emergency conditions . turn hydraulic system off . Push hand
throttle ( 1 ) in to idle engine at 650-700
5 Using intercommunications system , have rpm . Set hydraulic pump PTO CLUTCH
crane operator check filter bypass in switch ( 2 ) to OFF . Indicator light ( 3 ) will
dicator light ( 4 ) . If light is on , push hand go off .
throttle ( 1 ) to idle engine at 650-700
OPERATING SUSPENSION LOCKOUT SYSTEM
1 Drive M578 recovery vehicle onto level

surface if possible , and bring vehicle to a
complete stop .
2 Start hydraulic system . Refer to page VA
2-67 .
CAUTION
Do not operate suspension

lockout system when vehicle
is in motion .
3 Set suspension lockout control valve 2

handle ( 1 ) to locked position .
4 SUSPENSION LOCKED indicator light ( 2 )

will come on when suspension is locked .
2-68
TM 9-2350-238-10
OPERATING SUSPENSION LOCKOUT SYSTEM - CONTINUED
D
CAUTION
A
Vehicle should not be driven

with suspension system locked .
Vehicle may be driven for a few
feet at a very slow speed with
suspension locked only if mov
ing a load or emplacing spade in
hard ground . 20 2
62
5 Before driving vehicle , set suspension
lockout control handle ( 1 ) in UNLOCKED
position and check to see that SUSPEN
SION LOCKED indicator light ( 2 ) is off .
OPERATING SPADE
Spade Emplacement on Average Soil .

1
1 Start hydraulic system . Refer to page
2-67 .
2 Place spade control valve handle ( 1 ) in

tot
RAISE position and loosen and remove
spade travel lock ( 2 ) . Place travel lock on
deck .
3 Place spade control valve handle ( 1 ) in

LOWER position and lower spade to
ground .
CAUTION
When emplacing spade into 2

ground , back vehicle just
enough to place idler wheel
over spade to force spade firmly
into ground . Backing vehicle too
far will damage spade support 3
ing members .
4 Set transmission shift control lever ( 3 ) to

后
R1 while holding spade control valve
handle ( 1 ) in LOWER position , slowly
drive vehicle backward until spade catch
es and digs into ground .
2-69
TM 9-2350-238-10
OPERATING CRANE- CONTINUED
OPERATING SPADE - CONTINUED
Spade Emplacement on Average Soil - Continued .
1 3 4
5 Drive vehicle backward very hulle

ali
slowly until supported on spade
( 4) . Refer to page 2-62 . 4
line
6 Release spade control valve
handle ( 1 ) . SYA
7 Move transmission shift control
lever ( 3 ) into N (neutral ) posi
tion . Engage parking brake .
8 Lock suspension system before
performing tow winching or
boom lifting operation . Refer to
page 2-68 .
Spade Emplacement on Hard Ground .

Spade emplacement on hard ground is the to ground (step 3 ) , lock suspension system
same as for average soil except suspension (step 8 ) , and then perform steps 4 thru 7 .
system must be locked . After lowering spade
Spade Emplacement on Ice , Concrete , or Very Hard Ground .
1 ON
Nina
2-70
TM 9-2350-238-10
Spade Emplacement on Ice , Concrete , or Very Hard Ground - Continued .
ILLUSTRATION IS A CUT-AWAY VIEW OF HULL TO

SHOW PROPER PLACEMENT OF CABLES AND BOOM
BLOCK .
1 Disconnect single boom block ( 1 ) from 3 Loosen and remove spade travel lock ( 2 )
hull and lower to ground . from spade and move handle ( 3 ) to
LOWER position to lower spade to
WARNING ground . Attach single boom lock ( 1 ) to
either eye (4) of spade using a suitable
Always wear leather gloves shackle from equipment on vehicle .
(item 31 , appx B ) when handl
.
ing winch cable . Never allow 4 Lock suspension system . Refer to page
2-68 .
cable to run through hands .
Broken wires can cause painful
CAUTION
injuries . Do not operate
winch/crane with less than four
turns of wire rope on drums . Back vehicle just enough to
Failure to observe these warn place idler wheel over spade .
ings could result in injuries to Backing vehicle too far will
personnel . damage supporting members .
NOTE 5 Place spade control valve handle in
LOWER position . Shift boom winch to
Driver and crane operator must low gear . At same time, slowly back
work together to emplace vehicle while crane operator reels in
spade . boom winch wire to emplace spade .
2 Pay out boom winch wire rope forward , 6 Disconnect single boom block from
until single boom block can be reached spade . Unlock and lock suspension
at rear of vehicle . Place boom block at locknut system to make sure there is
front center of vehicle . Then guide vehi proper track-to-ground contact.
cle forward SLOWLY .
2-71
TM 9-2350-238-10
Positioning Spade in Travel Position .

1 Set suspension lockout control valve
handle ( 1 ) in UNLOCKED position . 3
SUSPENSION LOCKED indicator light ( 2 )
will go off . 2
2 Drive vehicle slowly forward until off
spade . Hold spade control valve handle
( 3) in RAISE position .
3 Stop vehicle . Return release spade con

trol valve handle to off position , clean
spade moldboard of any dirt or rocks ,
then continue to raise spade .
4 When spade is against hull , install spade

travel lock (4) on spade and tighten
securely . 2
5 Release spade control valve handle ( 3 ) .
OPERATION PRECAUTIONS
WARNING
• Always wear leather gloves • Use signals per FM 21-60 to

when handling winch cable . prevent injury to personnel
Never allow cable to run and damage to equipment
through hands . Broken wires during loading/unloading
can cause painful injuries . Do operations .
not operate winch /crane with
less than four turns of wire • Do not allow personnel to
rope on drums . Failure to stand or walk under lifted
observe these warnings could loads .
result in personnel injuries .
During crane operations the following precau
• During winch /crane opera tions must be observed . Notify unit mainte
tions direct all personnel to nance personnel of any malfunction or indica
stay clear of operations area . tion of trouble that could lead to a
A snapped cable or shifting malfunction .
load can be extremely danger
ous . Should operations be 1 Observe all controls for ease of compo
halted due to faulty equip nent control and proper operation .
ment , notify unit mainte
nance personnel immediately .
2-72
TM 9-2350-238-10
OPERATION PRECAUTIONS - CONTINUED

8 Release and apply tow winch and boom
WARNING winch control handles slowly . Control
handle is spring -loaded and will return to
neutral position when released , auto
Any kinks , crushed sections , or matically applying winch brake which
broken strands are potential will stop unit with a jerk .
weak points and can cause wire
rope failure . Frayed , kinked , 9 Make sure that spade is firmly emplaced
worn , or corroded ropes must and suspension is locked when lifting or
be replaced . Rope is unsafe if recovering heavy loads .
three broken wires are found in
one strand of 6 x 7 rope , six 10 Refer to FM 20-22 for vehicle recovery
broken wires in one strand of 6 techniques .
x 19 rope, or nine broken wires
in one strand of 6 x 37 rope . 11 Apply and release pressure on load slow
ly to decrease possibility of damage to
2 Observe wire ropes when winding onto load or equipment .
winches for proper winding ; avoid kink
ing wire ropes . Inspect wire ropes for 12 Wire rope life will be increased by
frayed , damaged , or broken strands . Use lubricating wire rope at regular intervals
level wind on tow winch wire rope for (LO 9-2350-238-12 ) and winding wire
proper layup . rope tightly and evenly on winch drum .
3 Observe boom cylinders for smoothness HOISTING AND TOW WINCHING LOAD
and ease of operation . RATING CAPACITIES INSTRUCTION PLATE
4 Observe boom drop rate (distance boom Hoisting and tow winching load rating
drops when loaded and boom cylinder capacities instruction plate (view C , page
control valve lever is in center position ) . 2-75) indicates safe operating capacities of
Boom will gradually drop if left elevated boom in relation to weight of load being
with a hanging load . When hydraulic oil lifted , necessary boom elevation , areas where
is hot from recovery operations , the boom may be located while supporting load ,
boom drop rate should not exceed 1/2 and whether spade is emplaced or retracted .
in . ( 1.3 cm ) per minute with a 10,000 For maximum capacity , vehicle must be on
Ib . (4,536 kg ) load ; 1 in . ( 2.5 cm ) per level ground , suspension locked , and load
minute with a 20,000 lb ( 9,080 kg ) load ; directly under boom tip . White areas on in
or 2 in . ( 5.1 cm ) per minute with a struction plate show where boom must be
30,000 lb ( 13,620 kg ) load . positioned with different load conditions . In
all cases , boom placement must be kept
5 Observe boom winch , tow winch , and within white areas when hoisting a load
traversing brakes for smooth and effi weighing between 15,000 and 30,000 lb
cient operation . They should not chatter ( 6,810 and 13,620 kg ) . When hoisting a load
or slip . up to 15,000 lb (6,810 kg ) , operation in
shaded area is permissible . Information cover
6 Observe all hydraulic lines , hoses, and ing maximum tow winching and hoisting
connections for oil leaks . Tighten all capacities with spade emplaced (view A ,
loose connections after relieving all page 2-74 ) is shown on left hand side of
hydraulic pressure . plate . Information covering maximum
capacities with spade retracted (view B, page
7 Listen for any unusual noises or indica 2-74 ) are shown on right hand side of plate .
tions of malfunctions in winches , slip Information concerning center of load and
ring , hydraulic valves , and traversing unit. vehicle clearance is presented in center circle .
2-73
TM 9-2350-238-10

-
HOISTING AND TOW WINCHING HOISTING AND TOW WINCHING

CAPACITIES - SPADE PROPERLY EMPLACED CAPACITIES - SPADE RETRACTED
-
With spade properly emplaced (view A , page With spade retracted or improperly emplaced
2-74 represents left side of plate ) , a 15,000 (view B , page 2-74, represents right side of
lb (6,810 kg ) load may be hoisted safely at plate ) , a 15,000 lb ( 6,810 kg ) load may be
any boom elevation throughout cab turning safely hoisted at any boom elevation
range . However, with boom at its level posi throughout cab turning range . A load of
tion (full down ) , and hoisting a 30,000 lb 30,000 lb ( 13,620 kg ) may be hoisted only
( 13,620 kg ) load , a distance of 11 feet ( 3.35 with boom at its fully elevated position . With
m ) to either side of lengthwise centerline of boom in fully raised position , 30,000 lb
vehicle in maximum cab may be turned . To ( 13,620 kg ) load may be moved throughout
move 30,000 lb ( 13,620 kg ) to a distance cab range . When operating in white area , a
greater than 11 feet ( 3.35 m ) from vehicle maximum of 30,000 lb ( 13,620 kg ) may be
lengthwise centerline , boom must be elevated hoisted ; when operating in shaded areas , a
to its maximum raised position for load situa maximum of only 15,000 lb ( 6,810 kg ) may
tion to remain in white (safe ) area . be hoisted .
LOAD RATING CAPACITIES INSTRUCTION PLATE
MAXIMUM CAPACITIES MAXIMUM CAPACITIES

HOISTING HOISTING
SPADE SPADE
EMPLACED RETRACTED
11 FT 11 FT 11 FT 11 FT
13.36 M ) -13.36 M ) 13.36 M ) 13.36 M )
30,000 15,000 10 FT
LB LB
(6810 kg ( 3.05 M )
113.620 kg)
5 FT 2 IN . 5 FT 2 IN .
111.59 M ) ( 1.59 M )
MIES
4 FT 4 IN 4 FT 4 IN
37-172 IN . 3 RT 7.172 IN .
( 1.32 M ) ( 1.32 M )
11.12 M ) 11.12 M )
9 FT 9 IN . 9 FT 9 IN
12.97 M ) 12.97 M )
16 FT 16 FT
( 4.88 M ) 14.88 M )
VIEW A VIEW B
2-74
TM 9-2350-238-10
OPERATING CRANE -- CONTINUED

LOAD RATING CAPACITIES INSTRUCTION PLATE - CONTINUED
MAXIMUM CAPACITIES
HOISTING
SPADE SPADE
EMPLACED RETRACTED
11 FT 11 FT
( 3.36 M ) 13.36 M )
BOOM
LEVEL
30,000 16,000 BLOCK
10 FT
LB POSITION
16810 kpl ( 3.05 M )
( 13,620 kg)
5 FT 2 IN
( 1.59 M )
4 FT 4 IN
3 F 7.172 IN .
11.12 M ) ( 1.32 MI
T 9 FT 9 IN .
( 2.97 M )
16 FT
( 4.88 M )
BOOM
FULLY
ELEVATED
BLOCK
POSITION
TOW WINCH LINE PULL 60.000 LB 127.240 KG )
TOWED LOAD 60,000 LB ( 27,240 KG )
VIEW C
BOOM WINCH OPERATION

2-67 .
WARNING
Do not pay out boom winch

wire rope beyond last four
wraps of rope on winch drum .
CAUTION
Shift winch only when winch is

at full stop . Winch internal
gears may be damaged if winch
is shifted while being operated . 2 Pull up on shift control lever and push
NOTE shift control lever ( 1 ) to LO position for
low speed operation of boom winch .
Release lever to lock control into posi
All controls are spring -loaded to
tion . Always use winch in LO position
return to center position . Hold
onto control handle at all times when hoisting loads .
when operating winch .
2-75
TM 9-2350-238-10
BOOM WINCH OPERATION - CONTINUED
2 2
CAUTION turns of wire rope on drums .

Failure to observe these warn
Do not place shift control lever ings could result in personnel
in N (neutral ) when a load is injuries .
suspended .
4 Push shift control lever ( 1 ) to HI ( high
3 With control handle ( 2 ) in pay -out posi speed ) only when rapidly paying out
tion , shift control lever ( 1 ) should be in N winch wire rope or paying in winch wire
( neutral ) position only when pulling (pay rope without a load . Always hand hold
ing out) winch wire rope from the boom wire rope to keep some pull on rope dur
winch by hand . ing this type of operation .
WARNING 5 Push control handle ( 2 ) forward to pay
out wire rope .
Always wear leather gloves
(item 31 , appx B ) when handl 6 Slowly move control handle ( 2 ) to center
ing winch cable . Never allow position to stop winch .
Broken wires can cause painful 7 Pull control handle ( 2 ) down to reel in
injuries . Do not operate wire rope .
winch /crane with less than four
BOOM OPERATION

2-67 .
NOTE
All controls are spring loaded to

return to center position . Hold
no
onto control handle at all times

when operating .
2 Push control handle ( 1 ) forward
நம்
al
and pay out wire rope about 1

ft ( 0.30 m ) and stop winch .
:)
2-76
TM 9-2350-238-10
BOOM OPERATION - CONTINUED
3 Release single boom block ( 2 )

from front of vehicle .
CAUTION
Do not continue holding control

handle ( 1 ) in RAISE or LOWER
position after boom reaches its
el
limits .
J
Pull boom cylinder control handle ( 3 )
I
down to RAISE position to raise boom .
5 Slowly move boom cylinder control han

dle ( 3 ) to center position to stop boom
cylinders .
6 Push boom cylinder control handle ( 3) 2

forward to LOWER position to lower
boom .
REEVING BOOM WINCH WIRE ROPE
Normally boom winch wire rope is used with 3

single boom block and clevis end is attached
to boom to provide a two -part line hoisting
capability . When used as a single line pull ,
wire rope is detached from the boom and
removed from single boom block .
WARNING
1220
2
Always wear leather gloves

( item 31 , appx B ) when handl
1
ing winch cable . Never allow

winch /crane with less than four
turns of wire rope on drums .
ings could result in injuries to
personnel .

2-67 .
2-77
TM 9-2350-238-10
REEVING BOOM WINCH WIRE

ROPE - CONTINUED
HA
2 Operate boom winch control handle ( 1 )
and pay out about 3 ft (0.92 m ) of wire
rope . Refer to page 2-73 . Release single
.Ni
છે
boom block ( 2 ) from front of vehicle .
DO
Place block on transmission deck .
3 Support winch wire rope clevis ( 3 ) and

remove quick release pin ( 4 ) securing 4
clevis to boom and remove clevis ( 3 ) and
wire rope . Install quick release pin in
boom .
4 Remove two quick release pins ( 5 ) from 3

single boom block ( 2 ) . Pull wire rope ( 6 )
and clevis through block . Install quick
release pins ( 5 ) in single boom block ( 2 ) .
Stow boom block in cab stowage
compartment .
After single line pull operation , reeve 5

5 6
wire rope through single boom block and
attach wire rope clevis to boom using
reverse of steps 1 thru 4 above . 2
10
TRAVERSING CAB

2-67 .
WARNING
Make sure all personnel stand clear of boom

and block before traversing cab .
2 Operate boom winch . Refer to page

2-73 . Pay out about 1 ft (0.30 m ) of
wire rope and release single boom block 1
( 1 ) from front of vehicle . om
3 Raise boom until block clears front deck .
2-78
TM 9-2350-238-10
TRAVERSING CAB - CONTINUED TOW WINCH OPERATION
WARNING
CAB TURNS
CLOCKWISE
Any kinks, crushed sections, or
2 broken strands are potential
weak points and can cause wire
rope failure . Frayed , kinked ,
1 worn , or corroded ropes must
be replaced . Rope is unsafe if
three broken wires are found in
one strand of 6 x 7 rope , six
broken wires in one strand of 6
x 19 rope , or nine broken wires
in one strand of 6 x 37 rope .
CAB TURNS
COUNTERCLOCKWISE 1 Start hydraulic system . Refer to page
2-67 .
3 2 Emplace spade , if required , to increase

winching capacity . Refer to page 2-69 .
3 Lock suspension system . Refer to page

2-68 .
4 Traverse cab to place tow winch at rear

of vehicle . Refer to page 2-90 .
NOTE
• Traversing foot pedal is

spring-loaded to return to
center position . Keep foot on
pedal at all times when tra
versing cab .
• Secure all doors and remove
all tools and equipment from
hull surface before traversing
cab .
4 Slowly depress rear of traversing foot

pedal ( 2) to turn cab clockwise .
5 Slowly release foot pedal to center posi

tion to stop cab . Start releasing travers
ing pedal before cab reaches desired
location .
6 Slowly depress forward end of traversing

foot pedal ( 3 ) to turn cab counterclockwise .
2-79
TM 9-2350-238-10
TOW WINCH OPERATION - CONTINUED
1
2
0 an 5
4
3
F
5 Open tow winch access door ( 1 ) . Pull 8 Turn shift control lever ( 4 ) fully
tow winch wire rope clevis ( 2 ) out counterclockwise to HI ( high speed ) to
through opening . pay out winch wire rope or reel in a light
load . Always pay in wire rope onto
CAUTION winch with a load for tight wrap on
winch drum .
Shift which only when winch is
at full stop . Winch internal NOTE
gears may be damaged if winch
is shifted while being operated . • Winch internal brakes hold
winch until released by
6 Pull up on control lever trigger ( 3 ) and operating tow winch control
turn shift control lever ( 4) fully clockwise handle .
to LO position for low speed operation of
tow winch . Release control lever trigger All controls are spring -loaded
( 3 ) to lock control . Always use winch in to return to center position .
LO when winching loads . Hold onto control handle at
all times when operating
winch .
WARNING
9 Push tow winch control handle ( 5 ) for
Always wear leather gloves ward to OUT to pay out wire rope .
( item 31 , appx B) when han
dling winch cable . Never allow 10 Slowly move control handle ( 5 ) to center
cable to run through hands . position to stop winch .
11 Pull tow winch control handle ( 5 ) down
winch/crane with less than four to IN to pay in wire rope .
turns of wire rope on drums .
ings could result in injuries to
personnel
7 Turn shift control lever (4) to N ( neutral )
position for pulling winch wire rope from
tow winch by hand or other mechanical
means .
2-80
TM 9-2350-238-10

SNATCH BLOCK
LEVEL WIND OPERATION
1
The level wind assembly contains two sens
ing switches that automatically actuate cab
hydraulic traversing system when tow winch
wire rope is not straight out from tow winch -RELEASE HANDLE
TRAY
drum . This action makes sure that there is a
perfect wire rope layup on tow winch drum .
The level wind sensing switches are activated
by level wind switch in cab . When level wind
switch is ON , turning level wind wire rope
slide will automatically traverse cab . There is
no electrical danger to personnel .
3
1 Start hydraulic system . Refer to page 2
2-67 .
2 Open tow winch access door and

operate tow winch to pay out 10 to 15
ft ( 3.05 to 4.57 m ) of wire rope . Refer
to page 2-79 . O O O
3 Adjust level wind , if out of adjustment .
Refer to page 3-51 . 4
5
4 Remove quick release pin ( 1 ) securing
snatch block tray release handle .
PIVOT
5 Lift up on tray lift handles ( 2) to support
snatch block weight (approximately 90 lb
( 40.8 kg ) ) and pull tray release handle 6
( 3 ) to release tray and snatch block .
6 Lower tray and snatch block . Swing tray

7
up toward front of boom and secure to
bracket (4) on underside of boom with
quick release pin ( 5) .
roded ropes must be replaced .
WARNING Rope is unsafe if three
broken wires are found in
• Always wear leather gloves one strand of 6 x 7 rope , six.
(item 31 , appx B) when han broken wires in one strand of

dling winch cable . Never 6 x 19 rope, or nine broken
allow cable to run through wires in one strand of 6 x 37
hands . Broken wires can rope .
cause painful injuries .
7 Pivot snatch block sheave ( 6 ) to aline
• Any kinks , crushed sections , with tow winch wire rope . Lift snatch
or broken strands are poten block and release shackle ( 7 ) from pivot .
tial weak points and can Place tow winch wire rope on snatch
cause wire rope failure . block sheave and reinstall shackle on
Frayed , kinked , worn , or cor pivot .
2-81
TM 9-2350-238-10
LEVEL WIND OPERATION - CONTINUED
ML
200
WARNING
Do not touch level wind slide

assembly unless level wind 8
switch is in OFF position . Unex
pected turning of cab and boom
may injure personnel and dam
age equipment .
8 Make sure LEVEL WIND switch ( 8 ) is in

OFF position .
9 Remove two yoke bracket quick release
pins ( 9) and lower level wind assembly
over tow winch wire rope .
10 Remove yoke bracket-to-boom quick

release pin ( 10) , lift yoke bracket, and
secure bracket to boom with quick 9
release pin ( 10) .
11 Remove slide quick release pin ( 11 ) and

sleeve ( 12 ) from slide ( 13 ) . Position slide
( 13) over tow winch wire rope . Position
sleeve ( 12 ) under wire rope and into
U UF
slide and secure sleeve in place with
quick release pin ( 11 ) .
12 Remove slide bar quick release pin ( 14)

securing slide bar to housing ( 15 ) and 10
store pin in access hole in housing .
13 Level wind is now ready for operation .
As n
After tow winch cable is attached to
recovery load , turn LEVEL WIND switch
( 8 ) to ON for perfect winding of cable on
tow winch . 14
15
14 After operation, turn LEVEL WIND switch
( 8 ) to OFF and stow level wind assembly
and snatch block using reverse of steps
1 thru 11 .
13
12
11
2-82
TM 9-2350-238-10
TOW WINCH AND WIRE ROPE OPERATION
BOOM WINCH
SNATCH WIRE ROPE
BLOCK
35 02
o
OXO
00XO0 TOW WINCH QXOXOC
TOW HOOK TOW CABLE WIRE ROPE
Tow winch wire rope can be pulled to load by 1 Open tow winch access door and pull
hand . However, the following procedures tow winch wire rope clevis out through
make it a lot easier .
opening .
2 Pay out a few feet of tow winch wire

rope and reeve rope through snatch
block on underside of boom . Refer to
WARNING
page 2-79 .
3 Take 5/8-in . ( 1.59-cm ) sheave snatch

• Always wear leather gloves block , stowed on left side of cab , and at
( item 31 , appx B ) when han tach to load being recovered .
dling winch cable . Never
allow cable to run through 4 Disconnect boom winch wire rope from
hands . Broken wires can
boom and remove single boom block
cause painful injuries . Do not from wire rope . Refer to page 2-75 .
operate winch /crane with
less than four turns of wire
5 Pay out boom wire rope to load and pull
rope on drums . Failure to boom winch wire rope through snatch
observe these warnings could block attached to load . Pull boom winch
result in personnel injuries .
wire rope back and attach to tow winch
wire rope .
• Any kinks , crushed sections ,
or broken strands are poten 6 Operate boom winch to pay in wire rope
tial weak points and can and at same time operate tow winch to
cause wire rope failure . pay out tow winch wire rope until tow
Frayed , kinked , worn , or cor winch wire rope reaches load to be
roded ropes must be replaced . recovered .
Rope is unsafe if three brok
en wires are found in one NOTE
strand of 6 x 7 rope , six
broken wires in one strand of The 3/4-in . ( 1.91 -cm ) fiber rope
6 x 19 rope , or nine broken may be used to supplement
wires in one strand of 6 x 37 boom winch wire rope to reach
rope . loads at greater distance .
2-83
TM 9-2350-238-10

-
TOW WINCH AND WIRE ROPE OPERATION - CONTINUED
BOOM WINCH
SNATCH WIRE ROPE
BLOCK
PA
2011
TOW HOOK TOW CABLE
TOW WINCH
WIRE ROPE
000KS
WARNING
single boom block , and attach to boom .
• Always wear leather gloves 8 Install level wind on tow winch wire
( item 31 , appx B ) when han rope . Refer to page 2-80 .
dling winch cable . Never
allow cable to run through 9 Attach tow winch wire rope to load to
hands . Broken wires can be recovered . Operate tow winch to pull
cause painful injuries . Do not in load .
operate winch /crane with
less than four turns of wire RECOVERY OPERATION
rope on drums . Failure to
observe these warnings could Every recovery operation will present different
result in injuries to personnel . conditions and circumstances . Refer to FM
20-22 for vehicle recovery operations . The
• Any kinks, crushed sections , following procedures apply to operation of
or broken strands are poten M578 recovery vehicle to accomplish the
tial weak points and can recovery mission .
cause wire rope failure .
Frayed , kinked , worn , or cor VEHICLE OPERATION
roded ropes must be replaced .
Rope is unsafe if three brok 1 Drive vehicle as close to load to be
en wires are found in one recovered and on as level ground as
strand of 6 x 7 rope , six possible . Position vehicle with rear of
broken wires in one strand of vehicle toward load to be moved .
6 x 19 rope , or nine broken
wires in one strand of 6 x 37 2 Actuate hydraulic system . Refer to page
rope . 2-67 . Refer to load rating capacities in
struction plate for hoisting and tow
winching capacities information . Refer to
page 2-74
7 Disconnect boom winch wire rope from
tow winch wire rope . Remove snatch 3 Emplace spade , if required , to increase
block from load and stow on cab . Pay in winching capacity . Refer to page 2-69 .
boom winch wire rope , reeve through
2-84
TM 9-2350-238-10
VEHICLE OPERATION CONTINUED
CAB
TRAVERSED
ce
SINGLE
BOOM
BLOCK
VO 263
SPADE
EMPLACED
८ zoz
SUSPENSION
LOCKED
4 Lock suspension system . Refer to page BOOM AND BOOM WINCH OPERATION
2-68 .
1 Operate boom as required . Refer to page
5 Disconnect single boom block from hull 2-76 .
and traverse cab to place boom over
load or to place tow winch wire rope in 2 Operate boom winch as required to lift
line with load to be recovered . Refer to load . Refer to page 2-75 .
page 2-79.
2-85
TM 9-2350-238-10
HYDRAULIC IMPACT WRENCH OPERATION
3
of
in
Im
7 2
5
8
1 Start hydraulic system . Refer to page NOTE

2-67 .
All impact wrench hoses must
2 Open impact wrench access door ( 1 ) and be bled prior to stowing .
remove impact wrench ( 2 ) .
4 Pull out selector valve ( 4 ) .
NOTE
NOTE
Twenty-five foot hydraulic
hoses stowed in cab stowage • Upon completion of impact
compartment may be connected wrench operation , push se
to extend impact wrench work lector valve in .
ing area .
• Refer to TM 9-5130-338-15P
3 Remove caps from valve quick discon for repair procedures on
nect couplings ( 3 ) and from impact hydraulic impact wrench .
wrench hoses .
2-86
TM 9-2350-238-10
HYDRAULIC IMPACT WRENCH OPERATION - CONTINUED
Flow Torque Output Torque Output

Regulator 1 -in . Bolt at 1 -in . Bolt at
Setting 10 Seconds 5 Seconds
5 OFF OFF
6
7
7 1/2
8 460 300
8 1/2 640 380
9 760 510
9 1/2 800 660
10 840 780
5 Pull up on flow regulator valve handle ( 5 )

to setting required as listed in table .
6 Turn impact Wrench rotary switch ( 6 ) to
desired direction of rotation .
7 Install impact wrench on work and

depress trigger ( 7 ) to operate impact
wrench ( 2 ) .
8 Hold hydraulic impact wrench with two

hands during operation (8 ) .
9 Push down on flow regulator valve han

dle ( 5 ) when wrench operation is com
pleted . Handle must be all the way down
before spade can be operated .
EMERGENCY OPERATION OF CRANE

AND SPADE
The M578 recovery vehicle is equipped with Boom winch brake to be released .
a hydraulic ram hand pump and brake
pressure selector valves . These provide Boom to be lowered .
emergency hydraulic pressure and limited
operation of crane and spade . The following Tow winch brake to be released .
procedures should be used when there is a
power failure causing loss of hydraulic Cab to be traversed .
pressure . The emergency procedures provide
for making vehicle ready for travel and allow : Spade to be raised .
2-87
TM 9-2350-238-10

AND SPADE - CONTINUED
RELEASING BOOM WINCH BRAKE
Releasing boom winch brake will allow a

suspended load to be lowered and boom
en
winch wire rope to be unwound from winch 1.
0
drum .
WARNING
Make sure all personnel stand

clear of any suspended load
when releasing boom winch
brake .
2
1 Pull boom winch brake pressure selector
valve ( 1 ) out . Place winch shift lever ( 2 )
in neutral .
NOTE
Operate hydraulic ram hand

pump slowly to control descent
rate of load .
2 Operate hydraulic ram hand pump ( 3 )

slowly until boom winch brake is re
leased and load is lowered to ground . (3
3 Disconnect wire rope from load .
4 Roll up wire rope and stow securely on

vehicle deck .
5 Push brake pressure selector valve ( 1 ) in

when load is on ground and wire rope is
secure . This will set winch brake .
LOWERING BOOM
1 If a load is supported by boom , release

boom winch brake before attempting to
lower boom . Refer to page 2-88 . 2 O
2 Remove two screws ( 1 ) and washers ( 2 )

securing cover ( 3 ) over boom cylinder 3
bypass valve and remove cover . The
cover is on deck behind and to left of dh
rigger's seat .
2-88
TM 9-2350-238-10

-
LOWERING BOOM - CONTINUED

2
「人
WARNING
3
Make sure all personnel stand
clear of boom .
3 To lower boom , open boom cylinder

bypass valve ( 4 ) by slowly turning han
5
dle ( 5) clockwise .
4 When boom is completely lowered , close
boom cylinder bypass valve ( 4) by turn
ing handle ( 5 ) counterclockwise . Position
cover ( 3 ) and secure with two screws 5
( 1 ) and washers ( 2 ) . Ach
RELEASING TOW WINCH BRAKE
DIE
1 S
I TI
L AT
SOCO
Releasing tow winch brake will release wire 2 Operate hydraulic ram hand pump ( 3)
rope tension and allow tow winch wire rope slowly until tow winch brake is released
to be unwound from winch drum . and load is secured .
WARNING NOTE
Make sure all personnel stand Make sure tension has been
clear of any load supported by released from wire rope .
wire rope which may roll free
when releasing tow winch 3 Disconnect wire rope from load .
brake .
4 Raise and secure level wind (4) to boom .
1 Pull tow winch brake pressure selector
valve ( 1 ) out . Place winch shift lever ( 2 ) 5 Roll up wire rope and stow securely on
in neutral . vehicle deck .
NOTE 6 Push brake pressure selector valve ( 1 ) in

when load is secure . This will set winch
Operate hydraulic ram hand brake .
pump slowly to control release
rate of load .
2-89
TM 9-2350-238-10

TRAVERSING CAB
Releasing cab traversing brake will allow cab

圓
to be pulled into desired position .
NOTE
Make sure that boom and tow

winch cables are secure and
boom is lowered before releas
26
ing brake and traversing cab . 1
1 Pull brake pressure selector valve ( 1 ) out .
2 Operate hydraulic ram hand pump ( 2 ) un

til traversing brake is released .
3 Continue to operate hydraulic ram hand 2

pump ( 2 ) . Traverse cab into desired posi
tion by pushing on boom or pulling on
boom with an attached line .
4 When cab is in desired position , push

selector valve ( 1 ) in . This will set tra
versing brake .
RAISING SPADE
Connecting hydraulic ram hand pump to im

pact wrench controls with impact wrench
2
hose will provide pressure to raise spade .
1 Connect impact wrench hose ( 1 ) to large

quick disconnect coupling ( 2 ) on impact
wrench flow regulator manifold .
2-90
TM 9-2350-238-10

AND SPADE - CONTINUED CAB IN TRAVEL POSITION
RAISING SPADE - CONTINUED 1
2 Route impact wrench hose ( 1 ) as shown .
CAUTION
Traverse cab counterclockwise

to working position to prevent
damage to hose . From working CAB IN WORKING POSITION
position traverse cab clockwise
only to prevent damage to
hose . 1
3 Connect impact wrench hose ( 1 ) to large

quick disconnect coupling ( 3) at right
front of hand pump .
4 Drive vehicle off spade .
NOTE
Pull from spade if vehicle is

disabled .
3
5 Pull impact wrench pressure selector
valve ( 4 ) out .
1
6 Turn spade control valve handle in
driver's compartment to RAISE .
7 Operate hydraulic ram hand pump ( 5 ) for

approximately 2 minutes to raise spade .
8 Install spade travel lock and tighten 4

securely .
9 Push pressure selector valve ( 4 ) in .

Remove , drain , and stow impact wrench
1
5
hose ( 1 ) .
10 Return cab to travel position .
2-91
TM 9-2350-238-10
OPERATION OF AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT
Make sure you know proper procedures and

precautions before attempting to operate aux
iliary equipment on M578 recovery vehicle .
The following pages provide operating instruc
tions for machine gun mount, caliber .50
machine gun , fixed fire extinguisher , portable
fire extinguisher, gas-particulate filter unit,
and communications equipment .
CALIBER .50 MACHINE GUN MOUNT
NOMENCLATURE
1 AMMUNITION TRAY . Tray holds the am

munition box from which ammunition is
fed into machine gun . The tray has a
hinged , spring -loaded arm that holds am
munition in box when machine gun is
elevated .
3
2 EQUILIBRATOR ADJUSTING SCREW .
Screw provides adjustment for
equilibrator spring and cap that holds
machine gun in a horizontal position . 4
3 CRADLE . Cradle supports machine gun in

mount .
2
4 FRONT LOCKING PIN . Pin secures 5
machine gun to cradle . 7
6
5 TRAVEL LOCK PIN . Pin secures cradle in
a horizontal position .
6 PINTLE . Pintle secures mount on mount

support of the rigger/gunner's cupola .
7 REAR LOCKING PIN . Pin secures
machine gun to cradle .
OPERATING CALIBER .50 MACHINE GUN

MOUNT
1 2
3
1 Install mount on vehicle by loosening gun
lock clamp ( 1 ) and inserting mount pintle
( 2 ) into mount support ( 3 ) . Tighten gun 0
1
lock clamp ( 1 ) .
2-92
TM 9-2350-238-10
OPERATION OF AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT - CONTINUED -

MOUNT – CONTINUED
2 Install machine gun on mount by remov.

ing front locking pin (4 ) and rear locking
pin ( 5 ) and by positioning machine gun
on mount . Secure machine gun by insert
ing locking pins (4 and 5 ) .
3 Machine gun and mount are removed by

reversing above steps .
4 Remove travel lock pin to unlock cradle 4
for gun elevation during firing .
5 Loosen gun lock clamp to unlock mount 5
for gun traversing during firing .
.
Refer to TM 9-1005-213-10 for operating in

structions on machine gun .
OPERATING FIXED FIRE EXTINGUISHER
Fixed fire extinguisher system consists of two

10 lb ( 4.5 kg ) cylinders provided to ex
tinguish engine compartment fires . System
can be discharged from driver's compartment
or from left side of hull . Fixed fire extin 0
guisher handle ( 1 ) is in driver's compartment E
FIR 1
on wall to left and rear of driver's seat . Fixed
fire extinguisher handle ( 2 ) is just below slave
receptacle on left fender box .
1 To discharge fixed fire extinguisher

cylinders , pull handle ( 1 or 2 ) out with a
quick , hard jerk . This will break seal and
discharge carbon dioxide into engine
compartment .
2 After using fire extinguisher , notify unit

maintenance personnel to replace
discharged carbon dioxide cylinders with GORE
OLD
charged cylinders .
2
2-93
TM 9-2350-238-10
OPERATION OF AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT - CONTINUED
OPERATING PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHER 1
2 5
1 4
3 6
One portable fire extinguisher is located inside 3 Aim nozzle ( 5 ) at base of fire and
cab on left rear wall . The other portable fire squeeze trigger ( 6 ) to discharge fire
extinguisher is located outside on left front of extinguisher .
cab .
4 After using fire extinguisher , notify unit
1 Pull latch ( 1 ) and lift fire extinguisher maintenance personnel to have cylinder
from bracket ( 2 ) . recharged or replaced .
2 Pull safety pin ( 3 ) and break safety wire

(4) .
OPERATING GAS -PARTICULATE FILTER UNIT

HAMEETM2011
4 3 6 10 1
8
9
Э ON
AIR
PURIFIER
2 SWITCH
OFF
DRIVER'S GAS PARTICULATE FILTER UNIT
WARNING The M578 recovery vehicle is equipped with

two M8A2 or M8A3 gas -particulate filter units
for protection of driver and crew against toxic
The M8A2 or M8A3 gas gases and extremely dusty conditions . One
particulate filter unit will not filter unit is located on floor in front of driver .
protect against carbon The other filter unit is located in cab on boom
monoxide . cylinders. M25/M25A1 protective masks must
be used with filter unit .
NOTE
If it is necessary for a crew

member to work outside of cab
area , and need the protection , a
9 ft ( 3 m ) hose is available .
Notify unit maintenance .
2-94 Change 1
TM 9-2350-238-10

OPERATING GAS -PARTICULATE FILTER UNIT - CONTINUED
4 9
10
។
11
Urody
al
1
8
2
5 3
CREW GAS-PARTICULATE FILTER UNIT

1 Check that each hose assembly ( 1 ) is
securely attached to quick-disconnect dust outlets on end plate of unit
1 outlet ( 2 ) on side of air purifier ( 3 ) . and detecting a small but
noticeable flow of air .
2 Check that electrical power cable ( 4) is
securely connected to connector on back 8 Remove air hose ( 1 ) from holding clip
of air purifier ( 3) . ( 10) and couple to canister ( 11 ) of pro
tective mask .
3 Check that unused quick-disconnect
outlets ( 2 ) on air purifier ( 3) are covered 9 Reverse above steps when stopping gas
with air flow control caps ( 5) . particulate filter unit.
4 Check that MASTER switch ( 6 ) on 10 Record duration of any chemical attack

driver's instrument panel is in ON and type of agent used .
position .
WARNING
5 Put on protective mask and adjust
facepiece ( 7 ) . Do not remove contaminated
filters from filter unit. Notify
6 Slide spring clip ( 8 ) off air intake holes in NBC unit maintenance officer
air purifier ( 3 ) until openings are com assigned to remove and dispose
pletely uncovered . of contaminated filters .
7 Set AIR PURIFIER switch ( 9 ) to ON . 11 Compute remaining protective capability

of filter unit . Refer to chart on page
NOTE
2-96. Notify NBC unit maintenance per
sonnel when 100 replacement units have
Make sure air purifier is been used .
operating by placing hand near
2-95
TM 9-2350-238-10
OPERATING GAS -PARTICULATE FILTER UNIT - CONTINUED
GAS FILTER REPLACEMENT UNITS
Type of Attack
Each air CX and all
Ground delivered nerve other agents
Duration delivered agent attack and including
of nerve all blister agent CX unidentified
attack agents attacks except (units agents (units
(min ) (units used ) CX ( units used ) used ) used )
2 1/2 1 10 6
4 1 2 20 12
6 1 1/2 3 30 18
8 2 4 40 24
10 2 1/2 5 50 30
12 3 6 60 36
14 3 1/2 7 70 42
16 4 8 80 48
18 4 1/2 9 90 54
20 5 10 100 60
An attack lasting less than 2 minutes is considered to have a duration of 2 minutes . An attack
lasting longer than 2 minutes but less than 4 minutes is considered to have a duration of 4
minutes . Similar consideration is given to attacks up to 20 minutes .
To calculate number of units used in an attack longer than 20 minutes, the following formula
may be used : Multiply duration (number of minutes ) by number of units shown on line 1 of ap
propriate attack column and divide by 2. For example , a filter exposed to a 30-minute air
delivered nerve agent attack would use 15 replacement units , as follows :
30 minutes x 1 unit
2 =
15 units
12 After operation , perform after operation

preventive maintenance checks and
services .
INSTALLING COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT

radio set AN/VRC - 13 , -14 , or -15 with inter
CAUTION
phone . These radio sets provide for crew in
tercommunication and for voice communica
Make sure communication tion between other vehicles , aircraft , and field
equipment is off before starting units . Maximum reliable distance for these
engine . radios is 50 miles ( 80.5 km ) . See TM 11-291
or TM 11-5820-401-10-1 , supplied with
The M578 recovery vehicle is equipped with equipment, for detailed instructions on the
a radio set AN /VRC -46 with interphone or a use of radio equipment .
2-96
TM 9-2350-238-10
INSTALLING COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT - CONTINUED
RADIO SET AN /VRC-46 WITH INTERPHONE
PRINCIPAL COMPONENTS
Receiver-Transmitter RT- 524/VRC Cable , R.F. ( 6 ft ( 1.8 m ) ) CG - 1773/ U

Mounting MT- 1029/VRC Cable , Power ( 10 ft (3.1 m ) ) CX -4720/VRC
Mounting MT- 286/GR Cable, Antenna ( 7 ft ( 2.1 m ) ) CX-4722/VRC
Amplifier, Audio Frequency AM - 1780/VRC Cable , Special Purpose ( 9 ft ( 2.74 m ) )
CX -4723/VRC
Control , Intercommunication Set, C - 2298/VRC Cable , Special Purpose ( 10 ft ( 3.05 m ) )
CX -4723/VRC
Antenna, Matching Unit MX -2799/VRC Cable, Special Purpose ( 14 ft ( 4.27 m ) )
CX - 7060/VRC
Antenna AT -912/VRC Cable , Special Purpose (3 ft (0.91 m ) )
CX - 7060/VRC
MOUNTING MT- 1029 POWER CABLE

RADIO SET AN /VRC -46 ( 10 FT ) ( 3.1 M ) CX - 4720 /VRC
CAB
INTERCOMMUNICATION J310
SET C - 2298 /VRC J21
J22
CABLE ( 9 FT ) 12.7 M )
HULL CI -4723 /VRC
CABLE ( 7 FT ) ( 2.1 M )
CX -4722/VRC
J301
11 SLIP
OPERATOR CABLE ( 6 FT ) ( 1.8 M )
FRONT RING
CG - 1733/U
CABLE ( 10 FT ) ( 3.1 M )
CX -4723/VRC
DRIVER J551
SET C - 2298 /VRC J552
CABLE ( 9 FT ) ( 2.7 M ) CABLE ( 14 FT ) ( 4.3 M ) AF AMPLIFIER
SET C - 2298 /VRC AM 1780 /VRC
CX -4723 /VRC CX - 7060/VRC
J505
ANTENNA MATCHING UNIT ANTENNA
MX - 2799/VRC AT.912/VRC
SIGNAL CORPS FURNISHED

ORDNANCE FURNISHED
2-97
TM 9-2350-238-10
‫چه‬ IMT
1940
RECEIVER TRANSMITTER
RT- 524/VRC
Ćs
w
g
VIAJI
O
WO
,
OPERATOR'S o
INTERCOMMUNICATION SET
C -2298/VRC
Felic
0
MOUNTING
1
MT - 1029/VRC
no
MOUNTING
MT- 1029/VRC ANTENNA MATCHING UNIT
th
AUTO FREQUENCY
AMPLIFIER
MX-2799/VRC FOR AM - 1780 /VRC
ANTENNA AT-912/VRC
สห
Bigil
>
JUNCTION BOX
.1
24 V DC POWER
RECEPTACLE PE
Radio receiver-transmitter RT- 524/VRC pro thumbscrews engage two holddown tabs to
vides frequency modulated ( FM ) voice com secure receiver - transmitter . Five shock
munication in frequency range of 30 to 75.95 mounts attach top tray mounting surface to
mcs . Receiver-transmitter is manually tuned bottom mounting plate . A terminal box , at left
and covers entire frequency range . The front rear of mounting , contains power and wiring
panel of RT- 524/VRC houses a loud speaker . connections .
Control boxes , audio accessories , cables, and
intercommunication components are not part Audio frequency amplifier AM - 1780/VRC
of basic radio set , but are furnished as in houses amplifier and is main junction box for
dividual parts in installation unit . All cable attaching components of communication
assemblies used with radio set terminate in system . Selection of modes of operation is
pin and socket connectors . available with amplifier . A set of field
telephone binding posts is located on face
Mounting MT- 1029/VRC is a steel frame unit panel of amplifier provided for external field
for supporting RT- 524/VRC . Two latching operation .
2-98
TM 9-2350-238-10
DRIVER'S CONTROL
C - 2298 /VRC
1ปี
OPERATOR'S
C- 2298/VRC
ANTENNA
lo AT-912 VRC
ADAPTER
SEAL
Intercommunication control set C - 2298 /VRC spring- type base support, two fiberglass
provides interphone and radio control covered sections, and an impedance matching
facilities . Control set box has a main control unit . A seal and adapter are used to mount
switch on front to select desired radio and in antenna on cab . Impedance matching unit
terphone facilities . An 18-pin receptacle is automatically tunes antenna for maximum RF
provided at each side for connection of cable output over entire frequency range of
assemblies . receiver-transmitter . The RF and system con
trol cables from receiver-transmitter are ter
Antenna AT- 912/VRC is a center-fed whip minated in receptacles located at bottom end
antenna for use with receiver-transmitter of matching unit.
RT - 524/VRC . Antenna consists of a helical
2-99
TM 9-2350-238-10
RADIO SET AN /VRC - 13 , -14, OR -15 WITH INTERPHONE COMPONENTS
Principal components AN / VRC - 13 ANVRC - 14 ANVRC - 15
xxxxxx
Receiver-Transmitter RT-66/GR Х
Receiver-Transmitter RT-67/GR Х
xxxxxxxxxx
Receiver -Transmitter RT - 68 /GR Х
X
AF Amplifier AM -65/GRC ( Interphone Amplifier )
X
Power Supply PP- 112/GRC Х х
Power Supply PP- 282/GRC Х
Mounting MT-297/GR х
Control Box C - 375/GRC ( 3 ) Х
Loud Speaker LS- 166/U
xxx
Antenna , Consisting of :
Mast Base AB - 15 /GR
X
Mast Section MS - 116A X
Mast Section MS - 117A Х Х
Mast Section MS - 118A Х Х Х
Mast Section AB - 24GR Х Х
Cable ( 6 ft ) ( 1.8 m ) WM -46/U Х
Cable ( 3 ft ) ( 0.9 m ) WM -46/U х Х
Cable ( 10 ft ) ( 3.1 m ) WM - 46/U Х
Cable ( 12 ft) ( 3.7 m ) WM-46/U Х Х Х
Cable (4 ft ) ( 1.2 m ) WM -46/U Х Х
Cable , Power CO- 212 Х Х Х
Cable , Special Purpose CX - 1211 /0 Х
Cable , RF ( 4 ft 2 in . ) ( 1.3 m ) CG - 530/ U Х Х
Cable , RF (4 ft 2 in . ) ( 1.3 m ) CG - 568/U х
RADIO SET AN /VRC - 13 ,

SIGNAL CORPS FURNISHED CONTROL BOX SPECIAL PURPOSE
.14, OR - 15
C - 375 / GRC CABLE CX - 1211 / 0
--ORDNANCE FURNISHED T RECEIVER TRANSMITTER
1 RT -68 /GR OR RT - 67 /GR OR
RT - 66 / GR
LOUD SPEAKER
LS - 166 / U CABLE ( 4 FT )
( PLUGS INTO ANY AUDIO ( 1.22 M ) WM -46 / U
RECEPTACLE )
POWER CABLE CO - 212
HULL
SLIP,
САВ - OPERATOR
'RING LINEDISCONNECT PLUG
FRONT
POWER SUPPLY
pp . 112 /GRC
POWER SUPPLY
DRIVER PP - 282 /GRC
MOUNTING
CONTROL BOX MT - 297 /GR
C - 375/GRC
CONTROL BOX ANTENNA AF AMPLIFIER
C - 375/GRC CABLE ( 12 FT ) RF CABLE CABLE AM - 65/GRC
CABLE 13 FT ) ( 0.91 M ) ( 3.66 M ) WM - 46 / U CG - 530 /U OR ( 6 FT ) ( 1.8 M ) WM -46 !U
WM -46 / U CABLE ( 10 FT ) ( 3.05 M ) WM - 46 /U CG - 568 /U
2-100
TM 9-2350-238-10
INSTALLING COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT CONTINUED
POWER SUPPLY
RECEIVER-TRANSMITTER PP- 112/GRC
RT-66, 67 , OR 68/GR AF AMPLIFIER
AM -65/GRC
GFco
་་་་ 88
OPERATOR'S CONTROL SPECIAL PURPOSE
BOX C - 375 /GRC
CABLE CX - 1211 /0
MOUNTING POWER SUPPLY
MT- 286/GR
10 h? PP- 282/GRC
/
Daera
24 V DC
POWER
RECEPTACLE
U -SHAPED TERMINAL
P/O MOUNTING MT- 297 /GR
Receiver-transmitters RT - 66/GR , RT - 67 /GR , mounting . Shock mounts attach mounting

and RT-68/GR provide intervehicle com surface to holddown plates . U -shaped ter
munication . Sets are identical in shape and minal box contains power and control wiring
size and differ only in frequency band in connections .
which they operate .
Power supply PP- 112 /GRC is a 24-volt
Components for each radio set are installed vibrator which powers receiver-transmitter .
on mounting MT - 297 /GR . Mounting is a steel
frame unit with equally spaced , recessed AF amplifier AM - 65/GRC contains audio
channels , running from front to rear . Latches amplifier and mixer circuits necessary to pro
for locking feet of components in channels vide interphone communication and radio
are activated by levers along front edge of monitoring at control box C - 375/GRC .
2-101
TM 9-2350-238-10

INT
Oni
TOA
tos OMLY
է`
DRIVER'S
INTERCOMMUNICATION OPERATOR'S
CONTROL BOX CONTROL BOX
C - 375/GRC C - 375/GRC
MAST SECTIONS AS REQUIRED

MS - 116A , MS- 117A
MS - 118A , AND AB- 24/GR
MAST BASE AB- 15 /GR
la
Control box C - 375/GRC is used to control One whip -type antenna is used . The location
radio set and interphone amplifier . Control of antenna hole opening is at left rear of cab
box has a main control switch in front to roof . Component parts of antenna are mast
select radio and interphone facilities and a base AB- 15GR , consisting of a flexible stem ,
spring -loaded radio transmit switch on top . a feed -through porcelain insulator and provis
Three control boxes are used in vehicle to fur ions on bottom for connecting antenna lead-in
nish each crew member intercommunication cable and mast sections MS - 116A , MS- 117A,
facilities . Cables with pin -and -socket connect MS- 118A , or AB- 24GR . Refer to principal
ors connect control boxes in cab to a pin -and components list on page 2-100 for combina
socket receptacle in hull . tions with each receiver-transmitter .
2-102
TM 9-2350-238-10
OPERATION OF AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT - CONTINUED -
OPERATING COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT
MAIN PWR INT ACCENT RADIO TRANS
CDR +
NORM - ON
CREW
INT
ONLY
OFF
OFF -
COR ONLY -
LISTENING
SILENCE
B 5
ON
2 0 0 POWER
CKT BKR
OFF INT ONLY
OTHER 6
3 RETRANS
INSTALLATION
POWER
SWITCH
AUDIO INPUT LINE
The AM - 1780/VRC is master control for inter 1 With vehicle power on , set MAIN PWR
com system . Nothing works until both switch ( 1 ) to INTercom ONLY and
driver's MASTER switch and AM - 1780/VRC POWER CKT BKR switch ( 2 ) to ON posi
are turned on . tion . POWER lamp ( 3 ) should light .
CAUTION 2 Leave INT ACCENT switch ( 4) at OFF ,
RADIO TRANSmission switch ( 5) at
Before starting vehicle engine , LISTENING SILENCE and INSTALLATION
make certain MAIN PWR switch SWITCH ( 6 ) at INTercom ONLY .
( 1 ) is off . Otherwise , engine
start could damage AM - 1780/ The following procedures explain how to
VRC . operate control box C-2298/VRC .
Position of CVC helmet switch
FORWARD MIDDLE REARWARD
RAD INT
( won't lock ) ( locks )
LISTEN
( locks)
2-103
TM 9-2350-238-10
OPERATING COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT - CONTINUED
su
VUI 00at
IMT
TOR IMY
5
I
VOLUME
W2
JJOJ
4
V
2
3
YELLOW MARK
YLOW BAND
1 Connect CVC helmet cable connectors 4 MONITOR switch ( 4 ) can be at A , ALL ,

( 1 ) to control box receptacles . Cable or INT ONLY .
with yellow band (longer cable ) connects
to receptacle with yellow mark . 5 Talk to other crew members by pushing
helmet switch ( 5 ) rearward . Set to mid
2 Check that bail -out connectors ( 2 ) are position when done .
snapped in place .
3 During operation , adjust VOLUME knob

( 3 ) for best reception .
2-104
TM 9-2350-238-10
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS ON DECALS AND INSTRUCTION PLATES
4
3
2
1 . CO
C
.
5
..
..
/
Key | Item/Location Description
1
Diesel fuel only plate Caution to fill fuel cell with diesel fuel
on fuel fill cover only .
Fuel cell bladders in Caution to remove fuel cell bladders before welding
N
stalled caution plate fuel cell area .

on inside fuel filler ac
cess cover
3 Tow winch brake pressure Instructions for the use of tow winch brake
selector valve plate on pressure selector valve .
inside right front of cab
4 Boom winch brake pres Instructions for the use of boom winch brake
sure selector valve plate pressure selector valve .
on inside right front of cab
5 Traversing brake pressure Instructions for the use of traversing brake
selector valve plate on pressure selector valve .
left center floor of cab
6 Warning to wear hearing protection when vehicle
High intensity noise
caution decals on inside is operating .
front of cab and driver's
instrument panel
2-105
TM 9-2350-238-10
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS ON DECALS AND INSTRUCTION PLATES - CONTINUED
10
1999
18
cca
Cli
17
00
1000
19
.
..
ny .... do
To . re.mo
it .7o
"coooo
:: / **
08
20 w
.
.
.
9
16
11 X 12
15
13
14
2-106
TM 9-2350-238-10
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS ON DECALS AND INSTRUCTION PLATES - CONTINUED
Key Item/Location Description
7 Boom winch load caution Caution on safe operating capacity of boom winch high gear.
plate on inside right front
of cab .
8 Boom and tow winch Caution on safe operating capacities of the boom in relation
load rate capacities plate to load weight , boom positions , boom elevation with sus
on inside right front of pension locked . Indicates tow winch capacities with and
cab without spade emplaced .
9 Fire extinguisher plate on Instructions for the care and use of handheld fire
cab fire extinguisher extinguisher .
10 Level wind warning plate Warning not to touch level wind unless unit is turned off .
on level wind
11 Air cleaner plates on in Instructions for servicing and replacing engine air intake
side of access doors filters .
12 Contaminated ( NBC ) Warning that contaminated (NBC ) filters must be handled

filters warning plate on with adequate precautions .
inside of access doors
13 Impact wrench flow con Instructions for the use of impact wrench flow control valve .
trol valve instruction
plate in impact wrench
compartment
14 Aeration warning plate Identifies low engine coolant level warning light .
on aeration warning light
in driver's compartment .
15 Governed speed plate on Cautions that the government engine speed under total
instrument panel load is 1,200 rpm with the hydraulic clutch engaged . Under
no load , governed speed is 1,350 rpm .
16 Air box heater and fuel Instructions for the use of fuel purge and prime and air box
prime plate on driver's heater .
instrument panel
17 Notice to drain filter and replace element .

Secondary fuel filter plate
on high pressure fuel
filter
18 Primary fuel filter plate Notice to drain filter and replace element.
on low pressure fuel
filter .
19 Ignition exciter warning Warning to disconnect power input before servicing exciter
plate on ignition exciter due to high amperage output .
2-107
TM 9-2350-238-10
Section IV . OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS
SECTION INDEX
Page
BATTLE DAMAGE 2-115
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 2-115
ORDING .... 2-113
NUCLEAR , BIOLOGICAL, AND CHEMICAL ( NBC ) DECONTAMINATION PROCEDURES 2-115
Chemical detection and decontamination 2-115
Emergency procedures . 2-115
General . 2-115
OPERATION IN UNUSUAL WEATHER 2-108
Extremely cold weather 1 2-110
Extremely dry heat .. 2-109
Extremely moist heat, salt air , or sea spray 2-108
Toxic gas , extreme dust , or dust and sand storms 1 . 2-109
OPERATION ON UNUSUAL TERRAIN 1
. 2-113
Ice .. 2-113
Mud . 1 2-113
Sand .
2-113
Snow . .2-113
In addition to normal preventive maintenance for excessive dust , and it necessary ,

service , special care in cleaning and lubrica clean filter pacs . Refer to page 3-43 .
tion must be observed where extremes of When air filter baskets are removed , in
temperature , humidity , and terrain conditions
I spect air separators for clogging . If
are present or anticipated . Proper cleaning clogged , notify unit maintenance
and lubrication of equipment not only are personnel .
necessary for proper operation and function
ing , but also guard against excessive wear of 4 Keep vehicle clean and dry .
working parts and failure of equipment . Read
FM 21-306 special instructions for operating 5 Inspect vehicle frequently for corrosion ,
under unusual conditions . moisture , and accumulation of fungus
growth . Dry any moisture and remove
OPERATION IN UNUSUAL WEATHER any corrosion or fungus growth . Have
unit maintenance personnel prime and
EXTREMELY MOIST HEAT, SALT AIR , OR paint any area where paint is cracked or
SEA SPRAY peeling .
1 Lubricate vehicle at frequent intervals as 6 Clean and lubricate exposed metal sur
prescribed in LO 9-2350-238-12 . faces and gun bore of machine gun fre
quently . When machine gun is not in
2 Operation of vehicle at high speeds , on use , cover surfaces with a film of PL
long hard pulls in lower gear ratios , or in special or CLP and keep cover in place .
soft terrain may cause engine to
overheat . Watch engine temperature 7 Do not park vehicle in sun for long
gauge and halt vehicle for a cooling - off periods of time . If no suitable shelter is
period whenever necessary and tactical available , cover vehicle with tarpaulin .
situation permits . Do not turn off engine Tarpaulin should be suspended above
- set hand throttle control lever to run cab surface to allow air ventilation , if
engine at 1,000 to 1,200 rpm and allow possible .
to cool .
8 Keep all doors and cupola covers open
3 If engine temperature consistently rises whenever possible to aid ventilation of
above 200 ° F ( 93 ° C ) , check filter bags vehicle .
2-108
TM 9-2350-238-1
OPERATION IN UNUSUAL WEATHER 5 Keep all doors and cupola covers open
CONTINUED whenever possible to aid ventilation of
vehicle .
EXTREMELY MOIST HEAT, SALT AIR , OR
SEA SPRAY - CONTINUED 6 Clean and lubricate exposed metal sur
faces and gun bore of machine gun fre
9 Refer to page 3-53 for maintenance pro quently . When machine gun is not in
cedures which are required in addition to use , cover surfaces with a film of PL
normal PMCS when vehicle is operated special or CLP and keep cover in place .
in salt air , sea spray , or hot humid
climates . 7 Refer to page 3-57 for maintenance pro
cedures which are required in addition to
10 Check level of battery acid in cells daily . normal PMCS when vehicle is operated
Electrolyte level must not drop below top in desert climates .
of battery plates . If low , notify unit
maintenance personnel . Batteries self 8 Check level of battery acid in cells daily .
discharge at a high rate when not in use . Electrolyte level must not drop below to
If vehicle is parked for several days in of battery plates . If low , notify unit
.
hot climate , have unit maintenance per maintenance personnel . Batteries self
sonnel remove batteries and store in a discharge at a high rate when not in use
cool place , if possible . If vehicle is parked for several days in
hot climate , have unit maintenance per
EXTREMELY DRY HEAT sonnel remove batteries and store in a
cool place , if possible .
1 Lubricate vehicle at frequent intervals as
prescribed in LO 9-2350-238-12 .. TOXIC GAS, EXTREME DUST, OR DUST AN
SAND STORMS
2 Operation of vehicle at high speed , on
long hard pulls in lower gear ratios or in WARNING
soft terrain may cause engine to
overheat . Watch engine temperature
gauge and halt vehicle for a cooling-off Carbon monoxide is a poisonous
period whenever necessary and tactical gas and can cause personal in
situation permits . Do not turn off engine jury and possible death . The
- set hand throttle control lever to run gas- particulate filter unit will
engine at 1,000 to 1,200 rpm and allow not protect against carbon
engine to cool . monoxide . If you have symp
toms of carbon monoxide
3 If engine temperature consistently rises poisoning , seek immediate
above 200 ° F ( 93 ° C ) , check filter bags medical help . Keep area ade
for excessive dust , and if necessary , quately ventilated .
clean filter pacs . Refer to page 3-43 .
When air filter baskets are removed , in 1 In event of a chemical attack or when
spect air separators for clogging . If operating vehicle under extremely dusty
clogged , notify unit maintenance conditions , driver and crew should use
personnel . gas -particulate filter unit . Refer to TM
3-4240-280-10 for operation of gas
4 Do not park vehicle in sun for long particulate unit .
periods of time . If no suitable shelter is
available , cover vehicle with tarpaulin . 2 When operating in extreme dust or dur
Tarpaulin should be suspended above ing a dust or sand storm , keep all doors
cab surface to allow air ventilation , if and cupola covers closed and locked
possible . when not in use .
2-10
TM 9-2350-238-10
OPERATION IN UNUSUAL WEATHER If vehicle is parked for several days in

CONTINUED hot climate , have unit maintenance per
sonnel remove batteries and store in a
TOXIC GAS, EXTREME DUST, OR DUST AND cool place , if possible .
SAND STORMS - CONTINUED
9 Extremely dusty conditions may clog
3 When at halt , cover entire vehicle with radiators and cause engine to overheat .
tarpaulin , if possible . If entire vehicle Remove engine deck and check condition
of radiators . If clogged , notify unit
cannot be covered , protect periscopes maintenance personnel .
against etching by windblown sand .
Also , protect engine compartment EXTREMELY COLD WEATHER
against entry of sand and dust .
CAUTION
4 Clean tow winch and boom winch wire
ropes more often when operating in ex • Extreme cold will cause
treme dust or sand . Wipe as much lubri lubricants to thicken , prevent
cant from wire rope as possible . batteries from furnishing suf
Lubricants mixed with sand create an
ficient current for cold
abrasive paste that is more damaging to weather starting, and prevent
wire rope than the lack of lubricant . fuel from vaporizing and pro
perly combining with air to
5 Disassemble and clean machine gun at form a combustible mixture
least once each day . Remove lubricants
for starting
on exposed and noncritical operating sur
faces of machine gun and mount . This • During extreme cold be very
will prevent windblown sand and dust
careful when moving vehicle
from sticking to oil and forming an after a shutdown . Thickened
abrasive . After handling , wipe machine lubricants may cause failure
gun with dry cloths to remove perspira of parts . Tracks may freeze
tion which may cause rusting . During
to the ground .
sand or dust storms, keep machine gun
and mount covered , if possible . Clean • Cold weather practices and
and lubricate machine gun and mount precautions must be follow
with lubricating oil ( PL special or CLP) ed . FM 9-207 contains infor
immediately upon leaving sandy terrain . mation on cold weather oper
ation applying specifically to
6 Operation in sand or dust requires daily this vehicle . It must be con
cleaning of air filter bags . Extreme condi sidered an essential part of
tions may require cleaning filter bags this manual and not merely a
more than once a day . When air filter supplementary explanation .
baskets are removed , inspect air
separators for clogging . If clogged , notify NOTE
unit maintenance personnel .
• For descriptions of operations
7 Refer to page 3-56 for maintenance pro in extreme cold weather,
cedures which are required in addition to refer to FM 9-207 , FM !
normal PMCS when vehicle is operated 31-70 , FM 31-71 , and FM

in extreme dust or sand . 90-6 .
8 Check level of battery acid in cells daily . • Read FM 21-306 for special
Electrolyte level must not drop below top instructions on driving
of battery plates . If low , notify unit hazards in snow , ice , and
maintenance personnel . Batteries self unusual terrain encountered
discharge at a high rate when not in use . under extreme cold conditions .
2-110
TM 9-2350-238-10
OPERATION IN UNUSUAL WEATHER

CONTINUED 2
EXTREMELY COLD WEATHER - CONTINUED
1 The cold weather starting procedures

follow :
NOTE 1
QIANTO
These cold weather starting

procedures are normally used at
0 ° to - 25 ° F ( -18 ° to
e. While cranking engine , operate
PRIME-ENGINE -FUEL-FILTER -AND
- 31 ° C ) , but they also apply if
vehicle will not start at 32 ° to HEATER -FUEL-CYCLE switch ( 1 ) in
0 °F (0 ° to -18 ° C ) . For ex
- heater fuel cycle ON position for 1
treme cold , -25 F °F ( -31 °C ) second then OFF position for 2
and below , special purpose kits
.
seconds repeatedly .
should be installed and
NOTE
operated . Refer to Chapter 5 .
a. Make sure batteries are fully Observe instruction to cycle the
HEATER - FUEL-CYCLE switch
charged . ( 1 ) on and off . Continuous
flame in air box will deplete ox
b. If winterization kit is installed , roll up
ygen supply to engine .
and secure covers over exhaust ports
and air intake grille . Refer to page f. When engine starts, release START
5-9 . Turn coolant heater OFF . Refer
to page 5-5 .
switch ( 2 ) and intermittently activate
HEATER-FUEL-CYCLE switch ( 1 ) to
ON and OFF until engine speed is
c. Perform normal engine starting pro
cedure steps 1 thru 5. Refer to page
300 rpm or running smoothly . When
2-52 . engine is running smoothly , release
switch ( 1 ) .
d. Push PRIME-ENGINE-FUEL -FILTERS
g. If engine does not start after 30
AND-HEATER - FUEL-CYCLE switch seconds or indication of firing stops
( 1 ) to heater fuel cycle ON position , for over 10 seconds , stop cranking
hold 3 to 5 seconds , and release . Im and notify unit maintenance
mediately press START switch ( 2 ) personnel .
and hold no more than 15 seconds .
If engine does not start, release h. With brakes still locked , shift
START switch for 5 seconds and
transmission into 4th range position ,
repeat step d while performing step adjust throttle to run engine at
e.
1,200 rpm . Continue to run engine
until coolant temperature reaches
NOTE 120 ° to 140 ° F (49 °C to 60 °C ) ,
then shift into N (neutral ) and cut
If engine does not start on third engine speed to slow idle ( 650-700
attempt , turn all switches OFF . rpm ) . If transmission temperature ap
If winterization kit is installed , proaches 220 ° F ( 93 ° C ) during
operate coolant heater or notify warmup , stay in neutral until
unit maintenance personnel . temperature returns to normal .
2-111
TM 9-2350-238-10
OPERATION IN UNUSUAL WEATHER 8 Park vehicle in a sheltered spot out of

CONTINUED wind . If shelter is not available , park
with left side of vehicle facing into wind
EXTREMELY COLD WEATHER - CONTINUED to prevent snow and sleet from entering
through exhaust ports . When vehicle is
to be parked for a long period , be sure to
i. Perform instrument panel checkout park on solid ground , on planks , or on
during warmup . Refer to page 2-54 . brush to avoid having tracks freeze to
ground .
j. Shift transmission to 1st gear and
drive vehicle slowly for 100 yards 9 Place control levers in neutral position
( 91.44 meters ) . This will warm when not in use to prevent them from
lubricants for normal operation . freezing in an engaged position .
2 If tracks are frozen to ground , chip 10 Clean vehicle of snow , ice , and mud as
heavy ice free from around tracks prior soon as possible after operation . If
to attempting to move vehicle . winterization kit is not installed , be sure
.
to protect all parts of engine compart

3 Watch temperature and pressure gauges ment against entrance of snow or sleet.
to make sure engine and transmission Wrap tarpaulins around rear portion of
are not running too hot or too cold and boom . Cover and shield vehicle , but keep
that oil pressure is not abnormally high ends of tarpaulins off ground to prevent
or low . If temperature and pressure them from freezing to ground .
readings are consistently abnormal , stop
vehicle and investigate cause . 11 If vehicle is not equipped with engine
coolant heater, have unit maintenance
4 Cover machine gun and mount to pre personnel remove batteries and store in a
vent entrance of snow and moisture . warm place .
5 Keep all doors and cupola covers closed 12 If vehicle is equipped with engine coolant
and locked when not in use to prevent heater, start heater and check that it is
entrance of snow and moisture . operating properly immediately after
stopping engine . This heater is designed
to operate unattended during overnight
NOTE
stops . Watch battery charge . Do not
operate coolant heater more than 12
Warm hydraulic oil before hours without running engine to recharge
operating hydraulic components batteries .
in cold weather ; engage
hydraulic system for 5-10 NOTE
minutes when temperature is
32 ° F ( 0 °C ) or below .
Refer to chapter 5 for operation
and maintenance of winteriza
6 If winterization kit is installed , operate tion kit components .
hydraulic oil immersion heater to warm
hydraulic oil before engaging hydraulic 13 In addition to normal PMCS , special care
pump magnetic clutch . in cleaning and lubricating must be taken
when extreme cold weather is present or
7 Operate crane controls slowly to avoid anticipated . Refer to page 3-59 for in
breaking parts which may have become structions on winterizing and cold
frozen . weather maintenance .
2-112
TM 9-2350-238-10
OPERATION ON UNUSUAL TERRAIN 5 Check air filter pacs frequently and clean
pacs of snow . When air filter baskets are
removed, inspect air separators for clog
WARNING ging . If clogged , notify unit maintenance
personnel .
Excessive speed under mud , ICE

snow , or ice conditions can
cause personnel injury or 1 Select a higher gear range which will
damage to equipment. move vehicle steadily without imposing
MUD
undue strain on engine .
2 Drive slowly and cautiously to avoid

1 Drive with transmission in a low range .
skidding . If vehicle skids , slow down
Keep vehicle moving steadily to avoid engine and proceed with caution . Do not
digging in . spin tracks .
2 If vehicle becomes stuck, do not dig fur 3 Avoid grades and sharp turns, if
ther in by attempting to drive out . Con possible .
nect winch wire rope to a solid object
and use winch to assist driving out or ar SAND
range to be towed out .
1 The main objective when driving in sand
3 If freezing temperatures are expected , be is to avoid spinning tracks.
sure to park vehicle on solid ground to
avoid having tracks freeze in mud . 2 Drive slowly and use a gear high enough
4 Remove mud from track and wheel con
to move vehicle steadily without impos
tacting surfaces .
ing undue strain on engine .
3 Avoid sharp and pivot turns to prevent
SNOW buildup of debris in track that would
cause track to be thrown .
1 Drive with transmission in a low range .
FORDING
2 Avoid grades and sharp turns when
possible .
CAUTION
3 Drive as straight up or down grades as
possible to equalize track load . Do not ford water that exceeds
42 inches ( 106.7 cm ) in depth .
4 It may be possible for vehicle to ride Check for soft mud or sandy
heavily crusted snow with only occa bottoms .
sional breakthrough . To climb back onto
crust, reduce engine speed and shift into The M578 recovery vehicle is designed to
low range to achieve a very low track cross a body of water only up to 42 inches
speed for forward movement without ( 106.7 cm ) deep .
slippage .
2-113
TM 9-2350-238-10
FORDING - CONTINUED
.
HUL ORAI 3
L N
FULL DRAIN
o
7
2
IM
UN
1
IT
4 4
3
CAB REMOVED FOR CLARITY
1 Close rear hull drain valve ( 1 ) . Drain 5 Inspect bottom of hull to make sure all
valve handle is located on right rear of access plates are installed .
hull .
6 Make sure that engine is warmed up to
2 Close engine compartment drain valve prevent stalling while fording .
( 2 ) . Drain valve handle is located on right
deck, just forward of fan well . 7 Shift transmission into range 1 and enter
water slowly . Do not exceed 4 mph
3 Close driver's compartment drain valve while crossing . Speed up vehicle when
( 3 ) . Drain valve handle is located in floor exiting .
adjacent to right side of driver's seat .
8 Perform after fording maintenance after
4 Make sure power plant reservoir drain fording 12 inches ( 30.5 cm ) or more .
plug (4) is installed in power plant reser Refer to page 3-56 .
voir drain cover ( 5 ) .
2-114
TM 9-2350-238-10
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES CHEMICAL DETECTION AND

DECONTAMINATION
Detailed procedures are found in Battle
Damage Assessment Repair ( BDAR ) , TM 9 WARNING
2350-274 - BD .
NUCLEAR , BIOLOGICAL, AND CHEMICAL

Do not use decontamination
( NBC ) DECONTAMINATION PROCEDURES spray on personnel . It could
cause personal injury .
NOTE
Use M8 paper from M256 chemical agent
• Detailed decon procedures detector kit or M9 paper to determine if liquid
can be found in FM 3-87 . agent is present on vehicle surface .
• Refer to TM 3-4320-214 If exposure to liquid agent is known or

12 & P for operation of the suspected , clean exposed skin , clothing , and
M13 Decontaminating Appar personal gear, in that order , using M258A1
atus .
kit . Use the buddy system . Wash exposed
skin and thoroughly decontaminate as soon
GENERAL as tactical situation permits.
The following emergency procedures can be If M8 or M9 paper indicates that liquid
performed until NBC DECON facilities are chemical agent is present on vehicle surface
available . Vehicle commander will supervise , use ABC-M11 decon apparatus for partial
assign crew duties , and assist supporting decon of vehicle . Use loader's hatch for
NBC unit .
exit/entry . Avoid getting liquid agent into
crew compartment . Spray only surfaces that
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES will be touched getting in and out of vehicle .
If NBC attack is known or suspected , mask at Decon procedures take time . Do as much as
once and continue mission . If inside , do not you can based on the tactical situation ,
leave vehicle . If outside , follow decon pro
cedures below to avoid taking contamination
into the vehicle . Do not unmask until told to BATTLE DAMAGE
do so .
If M578 recovery vehicle shows signs of bat
Nuclear Decontamination : tle damage , refer to TM 9-2350-274-BD .
Brush fallout from skin , clothing , and

equipment with available brushes , rags ,
and tree branches. Wash skin and have
radiation check made as soon as tactical
situation permits . (You can find instruc
tions for the check in FM 3-5 ) .
Biological Decontamination :
The vehicle crew has no method to

detect or decon biological agents . Re
main masked and continue mission until
told to unmask .
Change 1 2-1 15/12-116 blank )

TM 9-2350-238-10
CHAPTER 3
MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
CHAPTER INDEX
Page
AFTER FORDING MAINTENANCE 3-56
EXTREME COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE 3-54
EXTREME HOT WEATHER MAINTENANCE . 1 .3-56
GENERAL .... .3-53
LUBRICATION ORDER .3.2
General . 3-2
Lubrication after fording operations . . 3-3
Maintaining proper lubricant levels . 3-3
Service intervals - normal .3-2
Service intervals - unusual conditions 3-3
Touchup and recoating .. .3-2
MAINTENANCE UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS .3-29
Air filters 3-42
Filter bag cleaning .3-43
Installation .3-44
Removal and inspection . 3-42
Wet air filters and hull compartment .3-44
Basic issue items ( BII ) .. .3-52
Batteries ... 3-34
Batteries in use 3-36
Batteries not in use . 3-36
Corrosion 1 .3-36
Deep -cycling . .3-36
.
Lead connections 3-35

Replacing batteries .3-35
1
Unserviceable batteries .3-36

Boom block and tow winch block .3-52
Driver's and crew's seat .. . 3-52
Engine cooling system 3-29
Adding coolant .3-29
Draining coolant . .3-30
Fan belt tensioner adjustment .3-31
1
Fuel system 3-32

Fuel filler screen 3-33
Fuel filters . .3-32
Refueling .3-33
Lamp replacement .3-36
Clutch engaged indicator light .3-41
Dome light .3-38
Engine - transmission low oil warning indicator light and
generator charge indicator light.. 3-40
Filter bypass light 3-40
Flasher indicator light .3-41
Headlamps . 3-36
High beam indicator light and master switch indicator light . 3-39
Low engine coolant warning light i3-38
Panel light 3-38
3-1
TM 9-2350-238-10
CHAPTER INDEX - CONTINUED

Page
Stoplight - taillight .
O
3-37
Suspension locked indicator light . . 3-39
Level wind adjustment .3-51
Replacement of periscope M17 3-52
Special tools .. .3-52
Tow hooks .. . 3-52
Towing pintle . .3-52
Track ... . 3-45
Decreasing track tension 3-46
Increasing track tension .3-47
Installing track . .3-50
Spindle and idler arm clearance . 3-48
Track removal and installation . 3-48
Track tension check . 3-45
Wire ropes .. . . 3-52
SCOPE .3-3
TROUBLESHOOTING . .3.3
Table 3-1 . Troubleshooting . 3-5
UNUSUAL TERRAIN MAINTENANCE 3-57
Section 1 . LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS
SECTION INDEX
Page
LUBRICATION ORDER .3.2
General . 3-2
Lubrication after fording operations . 3-3
Maintaining proper lubricant levels .3.3
Service intervals - normal ... .3.2
Touchup and recoating . .3.2
LUBRICATION ORDER
GENERAL TOUCHUP AND RECOATING
Lubrication Order 9-2350-238-12 provides When touching up damaged areas , the pro
and illustrates cleaning and lubricating pro cedure should be as similar to the original
cedures as to locations , intervals , and proper method of finishing as possible ; a clean sur
materials for this vehicle . This order is issued face is imperative . Where general disintegra
with each vehicle and is to be carried with it tion of the surface is evident , or the under
at all times . Any special lubricating instruc surface is corroded , the coating must be
tions for specific mechanisms or parts are stripped clean from the part . Corrosion must
contained in the specific section . be removed or neutralized by mechanical or
chemical treatment , or both , and the surface
SERVICE INTERVALS - NORMAL metal must be pretreated , primed , and then
topcoated .
Service intervals specified in lubrication order
are for normal operation and where moderate
temperature , humidity , and atmospheric con
ditions prevail .
3-2
TM 9-2350-238-10
SERVICE INTERVALS - UNUSUAL

CONDITIONS
CAUTION MAINTAINING PROPER LUBRICANT LEVELS
A lubricant that contains grit , Lubricant levels in engine , transmission , aux

dust , and sand will be an iliary drive , final drives , road wheel hubs ,
abrasive and cause rapid wear traversing drive , boom winch , tow winch , and
of parts . hydraulic reservoir must be observed closely
and necessary steps taken to replenish in
Lubricate more frequently to compensate for order to maintain proper levels at all times .
abnormal or extreme conditions , such as high
or low temperature , prolonged periods of LUBRICATION AFTER FORDING OPERATIONS
high -speed operation , continued operation in
sand or dust, immersion in water, or exposure After any fording operation in water 12 in
to moisture . Any of these operations or condi ches ( 30.5 cm ) or over, lubricate all chassis
tions may quickly destroy protective qualities points to clean bearings of water or grit, as
of lubricants . Refer to FM 9-207 for instruc well as any other points required , in accord
tions on necessary special preliminary lubrica ance with page 3-61 .
tion of vehicle for continued operation below
0 ° F ( -18 ° C ) .
Intervals may be extended during inactive

periods after application of proper lubrication .
Section II . TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
SECTION INDEX
Page
SCOPE .3-3
TROUBLESHOOTING .3.3
Table 3-1 . Troubleshooting . 3-5
SCOPE
Troubleshooting table 3-1 lists common This manual cannot list all malfunctions that
malfunctions which may be found during may occur, nor all tests or inspections and
operation or maintenance of M578 Recovery corrective actions . If a malfunction is not
Vehicle or its components . Perform tests /in listed or is not corrected by listed corrective
spections and corrections in order listed . actions , notify unit maintenance personnel .
TROUBLESHOOTING
SYMPTOM INDEX
Troubleshooting
Procedure
Page
BATTERY AND GENERATING SYSTEM
Batteries discharge rapidly 3-20
Batteries do not charge when engine is running 3-20
Batteries do not stay charged 3-21
No current in battery circuit . 3-20
3-3
.
TM 9-2350-238-10
TROUBLESHOOTING - CONTINUED
SYMPTOM INDEX - CONTINUED

Troubleshooting
Procedures
Page
CAB , BOOM , AND WINCHES
Boom will not raise or lower 3-24
Boom winch will not operate . 3-25
Cab, boom , and winches do not respond to controls . 3-23
Cab will not traverse .. 3-24
Level wind does not traverse cab . 3-26
Level wind traverses cab in only one direction 3-26
Tow winch will not operate 3-26
CAB ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Flasher indicator lamp does not light . 3-27
Flasher light does not operate 3-27
Gas -particulate filter unit does not operate properly . 3-28
One or both floodlights do not operate 3-27
DRIVING CONTROLS AND LINKAGES
Brakes do not hold vehicle on grade . 3-17
Spade does not raise or lower ... 3-18
Transmission shift does not engage transmission properly 1 3-17
Vehicle does not steer properly , or pulls to one side 3-17
ENGINE
Engine cranks but fails to start . . 3-7
Engine cranks too slowly to start 3-9
Engine fails to crank or cranks slowly when starter switch is pushed 3-5
Engine labors, runs unevenly , accelerates improperly, or does not develop
full power 3-9
Engine overheats 3-12
Engine speed varies or stalls frequently . 3-11
Engine will not shut down ... 3-14
Excessive smoke from exhaust after engine warmup • 3-13
High oil pressure ... 3-14
Low or no oil pressure . 3-14
Runaway engine . 3-15
LIGHTING SYSTEM
All lights do not operate . 3-19
Driving lights burn dimly .
3-19
Driving lights do not operate . 3-19
TRACKS AND SUSPENSION
Track center guide rides on top of road wheel (s) or track climbs sprocket • . . 3-22
Tracks require repeated adjustment O 3-21
Vehicle sags on side or pitches .. .
3-22
Vehicle throws track .. 3-21
TRANSMISSION
Oil pressure too low or too high . 3-15
Oil temperature too high . . . 3-16
Transmission does not drive in any range 3-17
3-4
TM 9-2350-238-10
TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION
Table 3-1 . TROUBLESHOOTING
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
ENGINE
1. ENGINE FAILS TO CRANK OR CRANKS SLOWLY WHEN STARTER SWITCH IS PUSHED .
1 2 3
TG
Bel
Step 1 . Check to see if MASTER switch ( 1 ) and INSTrument switch ( 2 ) are in ON
position and that all other switches are OFF .
Set switches to ON position .
Step 2. Check to see if transmission lever ( 3 ) is in N (neutral ) position .

Move shift lever to N position .
TERMINAL LUG POSITIVE
GROUND
GROUND
FORWARD
NEGATIVE
Step 3. Check to see if battery cables are loose , broken , or corroded .

If loose , broken , or corroded , notify unit maintenance personnel .
3-5
TM 9-2350-238-10
Table 3-1 . TROUBLESHOOTING - CONTINUED
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
ENGINE - CONTINUED
1. ENGINE FAILS TO CRANK OR CRANKS SLOWLY WHEN STARTER SWITCH IS

PUSHED - CONTINUED .
NOIV orr
NOAMAL
LOW SATTCAY
VATTEN
Sreth
NORM
OVENCHANGE
SUO NORMA
CHALOC
LNGC RUNNING
Step 4 . Check to see if your batteries are discharged .
See if battery indicator reads in red band . Tow to start engine ; then
if engine doesn't start, notify unit maintenance personnel .
NOTCH
SWITCH
E
TRANSMISSION
FILLER CAP
Step 5. Check to see if neutral position switch on transmission is properly adjusted .

Remove transmission deck and inspect neutral position switch to see
if roller is in notch . If not, notify unit maintenance personnel .
3-6
TM 9-2350-238-10
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
ENGINE - CONTINUED
2. ENGINE CRANKS BUT FAILS TO START .
Door
2
Step 1. Check to see if fuel gauge ( 1 ) indicates empty .

Fill fuel cell ( 2 ) , if empty . Refer to page 3-33 .
1
四
3
4
le
Step 2. Check to see if engine shutdown control handle ( 3 ) is pulled out .
Push control handle up against hull .
Step 3. Check for very dirty or clogged air filter pacs (4 ) .

Clean filter pacs . Refer to page 3-43 .
3-7
TM 9-2350-238-10
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
ENGINE - CONTINUED
-
2. ENGINE CRANKS BUT FAILS TO START - CONTINUED .
1
McC
GOVERNOR arc
ere
CONTROL ROD ENGINE
5
SHUTDOWN
HANDLE
GOVERNOR THROTTLE
REMOTE CONTROL LEVER
Step 4 . Check to see if water is in fuel filters ( 5 and 6 ) .
Drain water from primary ( 5 ) and secondary ( 6 ) fuel filters . Refer to

page 3-32 .
Step 5 . Check for disconnected , loose , or broken fuel lines .
Remove engine deck and check fuel lines . Connect or tighten loose
connections . If lines are broken or split , notify unit maintenance
personnel .
Step 6 . Check for disconnected or broken governor control spring ( 7 ) .
Remove engine deck and check condition of spring . If disconnected

or broken , notify unit maintenance personnel .
3-8
TM 9-2350-238-10
Table 3-1 . TROUBLESHOOTING - CONTINUED -
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
ENGINE - CONTINUED
-
3. ENGINE CRANKS TOO SLOWLY TO START .
Step 1. Check to see if you have correct weight oil in engine and transmission for
weather conditions .
Drain and refill with correct weight oil (LO 9-2350-238-12) .
CNOINT OF
VOAMAL
LOW BATTERY
GATTIAL +
gran
NORMAL
OVERCHANGE
SUONOAMA
[Cou CHAND
CNA Y NUNNING
Step 2 . Check to see if batteries are discharged .
Turn on headlights ; if dim , batteries may be discharged . See if bat

tery indicator reads in red band . Tow to start engine , then if engine
doesn't start , notify unit maintenance personnel .
4. ENGINE LABORS, RUNS UNEVENLY , ACCELERATES IMPROPERLY , OR DOES NOT I
DEVELOP FULL POWER .
1 a
Step 1. Check for very dirty or clogged air filter pacs ( 1 ) .
Step 2 . Check for fuel leaks .
Remove engine deck and check fuel lines . Tighten loose fuel line and
hose connections .
3-9
TM 9-2350-238-10
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
ENGINE - CONTINUED
4. ENGINE LABORS , RUNS UNEVENLY , ACCELERATES IMPROPERLY , OR DOES NOT

DEVELOP FULL POWER - CONTINUED .
Step 3. Check for obstructions on battery cover air intake grilles and in forward end
of battery compartment.
Remove obstructions from grilles . Open battery compartment door

and remove any obstructions in compartment.
Step 4. Check to see if water is in fuel filters ( 2 and 3 ) .
Drain water from primary ( 2 ) and secondary ( 3 ) fuel filters . Refer to
page 3-32 .
Step 5. Check to see if transmission shift lever is in proper range .
Shift transmission to lower gear .
3-10
TM 9-2350-238-10
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
ENGINE - CONTINUED
5. ENGINE SPEED VARIES OR STALLS FREQUENTLY .
FULL
ttva
Step 1. Check to see if fuel gauge indicates empty .
Fill fuel cell , if empty . Refer to page 3-33 .

Step 2. Check for fuel leaks .
Remove engine deck and check fuel lines. Tighten loose fuel line and
hose connections.
SPRING
GOVERNOR
CONTROL ROD
TRANSMISSION
THROTTLE CONTROL
GOVERNOR THROTTLE
LEVER
REMOTE CONTROL LEVER
THROTTLE RETURN
SPRING
ENGINE SHUTDOWN
HANDLE
BRACKET
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL ROD
‫ב‬
TRANSMISSION AND
:
GOVERNOR LINKAGE THROTTLE LINKAGE
BELLCRANK BELLCRANK
STUD
BRACKET
Step 3. Check accelerator linkage to engine and governor.

Remove engine deck and check linkage for looseness or damage. If
loose or damaged , notify unit maintenance personnel .
3-11
TM 9-2350-238-10
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
ENGINE - CONTINUED
6. ENGINE OVERHEATS .
Step 1. Check to see if engine coolant level is low and if leaks are visible .
Check to see if low engine coolant warning light is on . Fill radiators
with coolant as required . If leaks are visible, notify unit maintenance
personnel .
80
Step 2. Check to see if radiator cap seal is damaged .

Notify unit maintenance personnel if cap is damaged .
Step 3. Check to see if engine oil is low .

Open engine access door and check engine oil level . Oil level should
be between low (L) and full ( F) mark on dipstick ( 1 ) . If required ,
remove cap ( 2 ) and add oil ( LO 9-2350-238-12 ) .
3-12
TM 9-2350-238-10. JD
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
ENGINE - CONTINUED
-
Step 4. Check to see if fan well deck is covered and check radiators for obstructions
and accumulated dirt.
Remove obstructions . Remove engine deck and check radiators . If

radiators are clogged with dirt , notify unit maintenance personnel .
Step 5. Check to see if engine has been excessively operated at idle speed .
Increase speed to 1000 to 1200 rpm or stop engine .
OPERATIVE
RANGE
ADJUST
O
Step 6. Check fan belt tension and condition of fan belt .
Adjust fan belt tension . Refer to page 3-31 . If fan belt is cracked or
frayed, notify unit maintenance personnel .
7. EXCESSIVE SMOKE FROM EXHAUST AFTER ENGINE WARMUP .
Step 1. Check for very dirty or clogged air filter pacs .

Step 2. Check color of smoke .
Blue -gray smoke indicates defective turbocharger .

Black smoke indicates clogged air intake system or defective tur
bocharger regulator .
White smoke indicates water in compression chamber or exhaust
system .
If engine continues to smoke after cleaning air filter pacs , notify unit
maintenance personnel .
3-13
TM 9-2350-238-10
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
ENGINE - CONTINUED
8. LOW OR NO OIL PRESSURE .
Step 1. Check to see if engine oil is low .

Open engine access door and check engine oil level . Oil level should
be between low ( L) and full ( F ) mark on dipstick ( 1 ) . If required ,
remove cap ( 2 ) and add oil ( LO 9-2350-238-12 ) .
Step 2. Check for dirty oil or foam on oil dipstick ( 1 ) .
If dirty , drain engine oil , and refill ( LO 9-2350-238-12 ) . If foam is

evident , notify unit maintenance personnel .
9. HIGH OIL PRESSURE .
Incorrect grade of oil .
Drain engine oil and refill with correct weight oil ( LO

9-2350-238-12 ) .
10. ENGINE WILL NOT SHUT DOWN .

SPRING
acco
ccar
e
ENGINE SHUTDOWN
HANDLE
ENGINE SHUTDOWN
LEVER
Check for loose or disconnected engine shutdown control linkage .
Open access door in engine deck and manually push engine shut
down lever at governor toward driver's compartment . Notify unit
3-14
TM 9-2350-238-10
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
ENGINE - CONTINUED
11. RUNAWAY ENGINE .
Defective governor .
WARNING
Failure to observe following procedure

will result in catastrophic failure of equip
ment and possible loss of life .
If engine shutdown control does not

work, place transmission shift lever in
range 4 and apply brakes to load engine
should down . If engine fails to load down , shift
..
into neutral , lock brakes , and abandon
vehicle . Notify unit maintenance person
nel immediately .
TRANSMISSION
12. OIL PRESSURE TOO LOW OR TOO HIGH .
Step 1 . Check engine rpm .
TRAILS
TRAH
TEMP OIL
220,260
15.045 BEAM
o
MASTER
Step 1 . Check engine rpm .
Increase engine speed to 800 rpm . If oil pressure gauge reads low
and warning horn continues to sound , go to step 2 .
Step 2 . Check to see if transmission oil is low .
Open transmission access door and check oil level . Level should be
within operating range on dipstick ( 1 ) . Add oil as required (LO
9-2350-238-12 ) .
3-15
TM 9-2350-238-10
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
TRANSMISSION - CONTINUED
12 . OIL PRESSURE TOO LOW OR TOO HIGH - CONTINUED .
Step 3. Incorrect grade of oil .

Drain transmission and refill with correct grade of oil (LO
9-2350-238-12 ) . If warning horn continues to sound or oil pressure
gauge continues to read too high a pressure , notify unit maintenance
personnel
13 . OIL TEMPERATURE TOO HIGH .
Step 1. Check to see if transmission oil is low .

Open transmission access door and check oil level . Level should be
within operating range on dipstick ( 1 ) . Add oil as required ( LO
9-2350-238-12 ) .
Step 2 . Check and make sure fan well deck is not covered and check radiators for
obstructions and accumulated dirt .
Remove obstructions . Remove engine deck and check radiators . If

radiators are clogged with dirt , notify unit maintenance personnel .
3-16
TM 9-2350-238-10
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
TRANSMISSION - CONTINUED
14 . TRANSMISSION DOES NOT DRIVE IN ANY RANGE .
Step 1.
2011
Check to see if transmission oil is low or over full .
Open transmission access door and check oil level . Oil level should
be within operating range stamped on dipstick ( 1 ) . Add oil as re
quired ( LO 9-2350-238-12 ) .
Step 2. Remove deck transmission plate and inspect for damaged or broken control
linkage .
Refer to page 3-11 . Notify unit maintenance personnel if linkage is

damaged .
DRIVING CONTROLS AND LINKAGES
15. VEHICLE DOES NOT STEER PROPERLY , OR PULLS TO ONE SIDE .

1
Step 1. Check for unequal track tension .

Adjust track tension on both tracks . Refer to page 3-45 .
Step 2. Check track for worn or missing track pads .
Notify unit maintenance personnel if track pads are worn or missing .

16. TRANSMISSION SHIFT DOES NOT ENGAGE TRANSMISSION PROPERLY .

17. BRAKES DO NOT HOLD VEHICLE ON GRADE .
3-17
TM 9-2350-238-10
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
DRIVING CONTROLS AND LINKAGES - CONTINUED -
18 . SPADE DOES NOT RAISE OR LOWER .
Step 1 . Check to see that engine is operating and that hydraulic pump PTO CLUTCH
switch ( 1 ) is ON .
Start hydraulic system . Refer to page 2-67
( mo
Milc
h
Step 2. Check to see that spade travel lock is disengaged from spade .
Loosen and remove spade travel lock . If spade still will not raise or
lower, notify unit maintenance personnel .
Step 3. Check impact wrench selector valve control ( 2 ) setting .

Push valve control ( 2 ) in to normal OFF position .
3-18
TM 9-2350-238-10
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
LIGHTING SYSTEM
19. ALL LIGHTS DO NOT OPERATE .
SPADE CONTROL
2
o
0
SETE ON
Step 1 . Check to see that MASTER switch ( 1 ) and INSTrument switch ( 2) are in ON
position .
Set switches to ON position .
Step 2 . Check to see that individual switch is ON .
Set switch to ON position .
20. DRIVING LIGHTS DO NOT OPERATE .
Step 1. Check for loose wiring connections at vehicle light switch .

Tighten or connect loose connections .
Step 2. Check for open light circuit breaker .

If breaker does not reset within 30 seconds, or if circuit breaker
repeatedly closes and opens, notify unit maintenance personnel .
21. DRIVING LIGHTS BURN DIMLY .

IMOINE OI !
WOAMAL
LOW JA TTCAY
JAITRAT
161 re
a
NOVAL
OVERCHANGE
JUI NORMA
CHANG
CNA NUNNING
Step 1. Check to see if batteries are discharged .

See if battery indicator reads in red band . If batteries are discharged ,
notify unit maintenance personnel .
Step 2. Check to see if battery cable connections are loose or corroded .

If corroded or loose , notify unit maintenance personnel .
3-19
TM 9-2350-238-10
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
BATTERY AND GENERATING SYSTEM
22 . BATTERIES DO NOT CHARGE WHEN ENGINE IS RUNNING .
INOINE OMR
RESET
NOAMAL
LOW MATTERY BUTTON
LATTEN
m srni
reno n
MORMA
OVENCHANGE
SUO NORMA
CHAND
CNG C NUNNING
VOLTAGE
REGULATOR
Check battery indicator for voltage reading.
If no voltage reading , remove eight screws and washers , and lift car
bon dioxide bottle access cover for access to voltage regulator. Idle
engine at 650-700 rpm and press reset button on regulator . Increase
engine speed to 1000 to 1200 rpm and observe battery indicator.
Voltage should increase normally . If voltage does not increase or if
voltage increases momentarily and then drops back , notify unit
23. BATTERIES DISCHARGE RAPIDLY .
Step 1. Check for improper use of electrical components .

Do not use electrical components for long periods unless engine is
running .
Step 2 . Check for frayed or worn electrical harness that could short out circuit.

24. NO CURRENT IN BATTERY CIRCUIT .
Step 1. Check battery cables for corroded or loose connections .
If corroded or loose, notify unit maintenance personnel .

Step 2. Dead or discharged batteries .
3-20
TM 9-2350-238-10

.
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
BATTERY AND GENERATING SYSTEM - CONTINUED
25 . BATTERIES DO NOT STAY CHARGED .
Step 1. Check for improper use of electrical components .
Do not use electrical components for long periods unless engine is

running .
Step 2. Check for long periods of idling engine at too low rpm .
Run engine at 1000 to 1200 rpm whenever electrical system utility
outlets are being used .
TRACKS AND SUSPENSION
26 . VEHICLE THROWS TRACK .
Check for loose sprockets or road wheels .
Tighten loose sprockets or road wheels , or adjust track tension .

Refer to page 3-45 . If vehicle still throws track, notify unit
maintenance personnel.
27. TRACKS REQUIRE REPEATED ADJUSTMENT .
SOCKET WRENCH
Step 1 . Check for tightness of eccentric spindle bolts .
Adjust track tension and tighten spindle bolts as tight as possible .

Refer to page 3-45 . Notify unit maintenance personnel to check
torque on spindle bolts as soon as possible .
3-21
TM 9-2350-238-10
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
TRACKS AND SUSPENSION - CONTINUED
27. TRACKS REQUIRE REPEATED ADJUSTMENT - CONTINUED .
Step 2. Check for excessively worn track .

Remove one track shoe and readjust track tension . Refer to page
3-45 or notify unit maintenance personnel .
28. TRACK CENTER GUIDE RIDES ON TOP OF ROAD WHEEL (S) OR TRACK CLIMBS
SPROCKET .
Step 1. Check for loose track .
Adjust track tension . Refer to page 3-45 .

Step 2. Check for excessively worn track .
Remove one track shoe and readjust track tension . Refer to page
3-45 or notify unit maintenance personnel .
Step 3. Improper driving/operation of vehicle .

Do not make sharp or pivot turns in loose gravel or terrain where
debris piles up in track .
29. VEHICLE SAGS ON SIDE OR PITCHES .
WF
32024
M O V E
Step 1. Check for broken torsion bar .
Check for broken torsion bars by prying up on road wheel with

crowbar . If wheel can be raised , torsion bar is broken . Notify unit
3-22
TM 9-2350-238-10
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
TRACKS AND SUSPENSION - CONTINUED
BLOCK
DA
Step 2 . Check for suspension lockout cylinder that did not release .
Place lockout control handle in UNLOCK position . Drive vehicle so
high side track wheels roll over a 4 x 4 or other obstacle . If any
wheel does not lift up , notify unit maintenance personnel .
NOTE
Vehicles have eight lockout cylinders .

Lockout cylinders are not mounted on
third from front road wheels .
CAB, BOOM, AND WINCHES
30. CAB, BOOM , AND WINCHES DO NOT RESPOND TO CONTROLS.
Step 1. Check to see if engine is operating at idle speed .

Activate hydraulic system . Refer to page 2-67 .
Step 2 . Check hydraulic reservoir gauge for low or no hydraulic oil in reservoir .
Fill hydraulic reservoir to proper level (LO 9-2350-238-12 ) .
Activate hydraulic system . Refer to page 2-67 .
If trouble continues , notify unit maintenance personnel .
3-23
TM 9-2350-238-10
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
CAB, BOOM , AND WINCHES - CONTINUED
31 . CAB WILL NOT TRAVERSE .
MED
III
Step 1. Check to see if traversing pressure selector valve ( 1 ) is in open position .
Push pressure selector valve in to close valve . Refer to page 2-90.
Step 2. Check to see if linkage to traversing foot pedal ( 2 ) is disconnected .

If disconnected , install linkage on foot pedal .
If cab still will not traverse , notify unit maintenance personnel .
32 . BOOM WILL NOT RAISE OR LOWER .
Step 1. Check to see if single boom block is released from hull .

Operate boom winch to pay out cable and disconnect single boom
block from front of vehicle .
3-24
TM 9-2350-238-10
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
CAB,, BOOM,, AND WINCHES - CONTINUED
Step 2. Check to see if boom cylinder bypass valve handle ( 1 ) is in open position .
Close boom cylinder bypass valve by turning handle clockwise . If
boom still will not raise or lower , notify unit maintenance personnel .
33. BOOM WINCH WILL NOT OPERATE .
Front
o
OLD
1
2
$
HA
AA 1:
Step 1 . Check to see if boom winch shift control ( 1 ) is in center ( neutral ) position .
Place winch shift control in LO position . Refer to page 2-75 .
Step 2. Check to see if boom winch pressure selector valve ( 2 ) is pulled out .
Push pressure selector valve handle in to close valve . If winch still
will not operate , notify unit maintenance personnel .
3-25
TM 9-2350-238-10
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
CAB , BOOM , AND WINCHES - CONTINUED

34. TOW WINCH WILL NOT OPERATE .
poy
ll o
Koo
2.
Step 1. Check to see if tow winch shift control ( 1 ) is in center (neutral ) position .
Turn shift control clockwise to LO position .
Step 2. Check to see if tow winch brake pressure selector valve ( 2 ) is pulled out.
Push pressure selector valve knob in to close valve . If winch still will
not operate , notify unit maintenance personnel .
35. LEVEL WIND DOES NOT TRAVERSE CAB .
Check to see if MASTER switch and level wind switch are in ON position .
Set MASTER switch and level wind switches to ON position . If level

wind still does not traverse cab , notify unit maintenance personnel .
36. LEVEL WIND TRAVERSES CAB IN ONLY ONE DIRECTION .
Step 1 . Check to see if any bell connectors are disconnected at level wind sensing
switches
Connect bell connectors .
3-26
TM 9-2350-238-10
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
CAB, BOOM , AND WINCHES - CONTINUED
Step 2. Check to see if sensing switches are out of adjustment.

Adjust level wind . Refer to page 3-51 . If trouble continues , notify
CAB ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
37. ONE OR BOTH FLOODLIGHTS DO NOT OPERATE .
Step 1. Check to see if floodlight switch in cab is in OFF position .

Set switch to ON position .
Step 2. Check to see if switch at floodlight is in OFF position .

Set switch to ON position . If floodlight still will not light, lamp may
be burned out . Notify unit maintenance personnel .
38. FLASHER LIGHT DOES NOT OPERATE .
Step 1. Check to see if flasher light switch in cab is in OFF position .
Set flasher light switch to ON position .
Step 2. Check to see if switch at flasher light is in OFF position .

Set switch to ON position . If flasher light still will not light, lamp
may be burned out . Notify unit maintenance personnel .
39. FLASHER INDICATOR LAMP DOES NOT LIGHT .
Step 1. Check to see if flasher light switch in cab is in OFF position .
Set flasher light switch to ON position .
Step 2. Check to see if flasher lamp is operating .

If flasher lamp is operating , notify unit maintenance personnel to
replace indicator lamp light bulb .
3-27
TM 9-2350-238-10
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
CAB ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - CONTINUED
40. GAS-PARTICULATE FILTER UNIT DOES NOT OPERATE PROPERLY .
Step 1. Check to see if MASTER switch and air purifier switches are in OFF position .
Set MASTER switch and air purifier switches to ON position .

Step 2. Check to see that electrical power cable is securely connected to air purifier.
Tighten connector , if loose .
Step 3. Check to see if cap ( s ) are on unused outlets of air purifier .

Install cap ( s ) on outlets not in use .
Section III . MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
SECTION INDEX
Page
MAINTENANCE UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS . .3-29
Air filters .3-42
Filter bag cleaning .3-43
.
Installation 3-44
Removal and inspection . .3-42
Wet air filters and hull compartment .3-44
Basic issue items (BII ) . .3-52
Batteries . .3-34
Batteries in use .3-36
Batteries not in use .3-36
Corrosion .3-36
Deep-cycling 3-36
Lead connections .3-35
Replacing batteries 3-35
Unserviceable batteries .3-36
Boom block and tow winch block 1
.3-52
Driver's and crew's seat . . .3-52
Engine cooling system . .3-29
Adding coolant .3-29
.
Draining coolant .3-30

Fan belt tensioner adjustment .3-31
Fuel system ... .3-32
Fuel filters .. 3-32
Refueling . .3-33
3-28
TM 9-2350-238-10
Lamp replacement 3-36

Clutch engaged indicator light 3-41
Dome light 3-38
Engine - transmission low oil warning indicator light and generator
charge indicator light 3-40
Filter bypass light 3-40
Flasher indicator light 3-41
Headlamps 3-36
High beam indicator light and master switch indicator light 3-39
Low engine coolant warning light . . . 3-38
Panel light .. .3-38
Stoplight - taillight . 3-37
Suspension locked indicator light 3-39
Level wind adjustment . 3-51
Replacement of periscope M17 . . 3-52
Special tools .. .3-52
Tow hooks . 3-52
Towing pintle .3-52
1
Track ... . 3-45

.
Decreasing track tension 3-46

Increasing track tension . 3-47
Installing track . , 3-50
Spindle and idler arm clearance 3-48
Track removal and installation 1 3-48
Track tension check 3-45
Wire ropes : 3-52
MAINTENANCE UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS
This section provides maintenance instruc

tions that are normally performed by the
operator .
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM
ADDING COOLANT
WARNING
Do not remove radiator caps on

an overheated engine .
1 Open radiator cap covers ( 1 ) and , using 2

a rag (item 36, appx D ) , slowly remove
radiator caps ( 2 ) from both radiators .
2 Add coolant ( item 2 , appx D ) slowly until

radiators are filled to within 1 in . ( 2.5
&
cm ) below the base of fill neck .
3-29
TM 9-2350-238-10
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM - CONTINUED
ADDING COOLANT - CONTINUED
3 Replace radiator caps and make sure

covers are closed .
4 Run engine for at least 5 minutes and

then check coolant level . Level should be
approximately 1/2 in . ( 1.3 cm ) below
base of fill neck .
5 If engine overheats and /or there is an ex

cessive loss of coolant , surge tank
pressure cap may be defective . Notify
DRAINING COOLANT
(2
WARNING
Do not attempt to drain coolant

from a hot engine .
1
1 Allow engine to completely cool .
2 Open radiator cap covers and , using a

rag ( item 36 , appx D ) , slowly remove
radiator caps from both radiators .
3 Remove radiator access plates ( 1 ) . At

tach short length of rubber hose to each
radiator draincock to route antifreeze to
clean bucket placed underneath . Open 3
draincocks ( 2 ) in bottom of both
radiators .
4 Open two draincocks ( 3 ) at accessory

end of engine .
3-30
TM 9-2350-238-10
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM - CONTINUED
DRAINING COOLANT –CONTINUED
5 Open two draincocks ( 4 ) in cylinder

coolant chamber (one on each side of
4
engine ) .
6 Open draincock ( 5 ) on underside of oil
cooler .
7 When cooling system has completely

drained , close all draincocks and install
access plates .
8 Refill by adding coolant . Refer to page

3-29 .
5 E
FAN BELT TENSIONER ADJUSTMENT

1
2
Remove all screws and washers securing 5

fan well deck and remove deck .
2 Loosen top jam nut ( 1 ) , then tighten top

adjusting nut ( 2 ) to bring bottom of
spring retainer ( 3 ) within operating range
CITTAMINI
of gauge plate ( 4 ) .
பாயமயாடாப
4 3
3 Use wrench or pliers to hold tension

Osta
shaft ( 5 ) and secure tension adjustment

inunn
aile
TUTTI
Wan
Ti
்பார்
WATI
liime
by tightening jam nut ( 1 ) .

m
4 Install fan well deck and secure with

screws and washers .
3-31
TM 9-2350-238-10
FUEL SYSTEM
FUEL FILTERS
WARNING
Diesel fuel is FLAMMABLE . DO

NOT smoke in vicinity while
servicing fuel system .
1 Remove access door in driver's compart
ment by turning handle 90 degrees
counterclockwise .
2 Place a suitable container under primary 0

fuel filter and turn drain valve ( 1 )
counterclockwise until fuel flows . When
clear fuel appears , close drain valve .
3 Lift secondary fuel filter drain hose ( 2 )

from clip ( 3 ) on engine and repeat step 2
above .
4 Secure hose in clip and replace access

door in opening . 2 3
5 Discard drained fuel .
CAUTION
Always prime fuel system after

draining fuel filters . Air in
system will damage fuel pump
or injectors .
6 Turn MASTER switch and INSTrument

switch ON .
7 Hold PRIME AND HEATER- FUEL-CYCLE 4 ON
switch ( 4 ) in PRIME- ENGINE-FUEL
8
FILTERS ON for 1 minute .
Release switch . Turn MASTER switch

and INSTrument switch OFF .
N
ON
Di Off
3-32
TM 9-2350-238-10
FUEL SYSTEM - CONTINUED
REFUELING
POSITION OF TANKER
1 Open access door and remove fuel cap .
Fill only to 6 in . ( 15.2 cm ) below top .
CAUTION FUEL FILL
Use the following grades of fuel HOSE

at the indicated temperatures :
:D:
POSITION OF VEHICLE
Winter Grade ( DF- 1 )
- 250 to 30 ° F
1-32 ° to -1 ° C )
Arctic Grade ( DF-A )
- 25 ° to -65 ° F 2 Fill with proper grade of fuel and replace
1-32 ° to -54 ° C ) fuel cap .
FUEL FILLER SCREEN
2 6
4
9
8 7
1
7
1 Open fuel fill cover ( 1 ) and remove fuel breathe vapors . Do not use near
cell cap ( 2 ) and retaining ring ( 3 ) . open flame or excessive heat .
The flash point is 100 ° F -
2 Remove six screws (4) and lock washers 138 ° F ( 38 ° C - 59 ° C ) . If you
(5). become dizzy while using sol
vent, get fresh air immediately
3 Remove bayonet ring ( 6 ) , gasket ( 7 ) , and and get medical aid . If contact
washer ( 8 ) . Lift filter ( 9 ) and second with eyes is made , wash your
gasket ( 7 ) from fuel filler opening . eyes with water and get
medical aid immediately .
WARNING
4 Clean filter ( 9 ) with dry cleaning solvent
Dry cleaning solvent (SD- 2 ) is ( SD- 2 ) ( item 15 , appx D ) and dry with
toxic and flammable . Wear pro low pressure air .
tective goggles (item 18, appx 5 Make sure surface around fuel filler
D ) and gloves ( item 17 , appx D )
opening is clean and install clean filter by
and use only in a well ventilated
reversing above steps .
area . Avoid contact with skin ,
eyes , and clothes and don't
3-33
TM 9-2350-238-10
BATTERIES
The following preventive maintenance pro

cedures are performed by the operator . Refer CAUTION
to TM 9-6140-200-14 for further information
pertaining to lead acid storage batteries . Do not open the driver's cupola
cover while checking batteries .
WARNING The cover handle may short out
on the cable connections .
Make sure all electrical switches
are in off position .
Remove all jewelry and

wristwatches from your person
before checking batteries .
2 3
12
CRO
11
O
(5
10
8
6
7
9
(1 ) Positive-to-bus -bar (7) Negative -to -ground

(2) Negative (8) Battery protective cover
( 3) Negative-to-ground (9) Battery door
(4) Terminal post ( 10 ) Positive
( 5) Negative ( 11 ) Positive - to - bus - bar
(6) Battery tiedown ( 12 ) Positive
3-34
TM 9-2350-238-10
BATTERIES - CONTINUED
LEAD CONNECTIONS
TO
MASTER
RELAY
81
TO CIRCUIT
+ + + + BREAKER
4598
-
WARNING
Electrolytic action forms EX 3 If bolt threads are corroded and prevent

PLOSIVE hydrogen gas . DO a tight hold , notify unit maintenance per
NOT cause a spark across the sonnel for replacement .
battery terminals . The battery
may blow up in your face . 4 Check cables for loose or broken connec
tions . If connections are loose or broken ,
1 Check that connectors are all the way notify unit maintenance personnel .
down on battery posts and tight .
2 Check that battery holddowns are snug ,

but not so tight as to damage battery
case .
REPLACING BATTERIES
3-35
TM 9-2350-238-10
BATTERIES - CONTINUED
CORROSION DEEP CYCLING
WARNING
Deep-cycling is a complete discharge of bat
teries . This will lessen battery life and in
Battery corrosion is an acid and freezing weather will burst battery case .
will eat holes in your clothing . Avoid running battery down .
Wash any corrosion off your
skin immediately . BATTERIES IN USE
CAUTION Make sure unit maintenance personnel check

specific gravity of each battery cell weekly
Make sure battery caps are when vehicle is in use .
tight and no cracks are visible
in battery case , so no alkaline BATTERIES NOT IN USE
solution (acid neutralizer)
reaches electrolyte . Make sure unit maintenance personnel check
specific gravity once a month when vehicle is
Corrosion is greenish " fuzz '' that builds up on not in use . Charge batteries when specific
battery posts, terminals, and cables . This cor gravity drops below 1.225 .
rosion not only can prevent starting , but will
also eat up cables and connectors . If cor UNSERVICEABLE BATTERIES
roded , notify unit maintenance personnel .
If batteries fail to respond , notify unit
1 maintenance personnel .
LAMP REPLACEMENT
Pages 3-36 thru 3-41 provide lamp replace remedy malfunction , notify unit maintenance
ment instructions to be performed by personnel . Make sure lamps are replaced with
operator . If lamp replacement does not lamps of same identification number .
HEADLAMPS
1
6
8
1
2
9
O
4
3
3-36
TM 9-2350-238-10
LAMP REPLACEMENT - CONTINUED
HEADLAMPS - CONTINUED
1 Remove four screws ( 1 ) , four lock 6 Install new lamp ( 7 ) into bulb socket ( 8 ) .
washers ( 2) , cover (3 ) , and gasket (4 ) Push inward on lamp ( 7 ) and turn
from headlight assembly ( 5 ) . clockwise to secure . Install reflector (6 )
over lamp ( 7 ) .
2 Check for cracked , damaged , or torn
cover (3 ) and gasket (4) . If condition ex 7 Snap open cover of new marker
ists, notify unit maintenance personnel . assembly ( 9 ) . Install new marker
assembly ( 9 ) into bulb socket ( 8 ) . Insert
3 Remove reflector (6 ) , then push inward a screwdriver into center slot , push in
on lamp ( 7 ) and turn counterclockwise to ward on marker assembly ( 9 ) , and turn
release lamp ( 7 ) from bulb socket (8 ) . clockwise to secure .
4 Snap open cover of marker assembly ( 9) . 8 Reinstall gasket (4) and cover ( 3 ) with
Insert a screwdriver into center slot of four lockwashers ( 2 ) and four screws
marker assembly ( 9 ) , push inward , and (1 ).
turn counterclockwise to remove from
bulb socket ( 8 ) .
5 Apply a light coat of silicone compound

(item 38 , appx D ) to bulb sockets (8 ) .
STOPLIGHT -TAILLIGHT
6
3
2
4
5
5
3
2
1
1 RIGHT TAILLIGHT 1 LEFT TAILLIGHT
1 Loosen six screws ( 1 ) and remove door ward , and turn counterclockwise . To
(2). remove stop lamp assembly ( 6 ) , snap
open cover, insert screwdriver into
2 Check for cracked , damaged , or torn center slot , push inward , and turn
door ( 2 ) and packing ( 3 ) . If condition ex counterclockwise to secure .
ists , notify unit maintenance personnel .
3 To remove lamps ( 4 ) , depress and turn ( item 38 , appx D ) to socket before in
.
counterclockwise . Apply a light coat of stalling new marker assembly ( 5 ) or lamp

silicone compound (item 38 , appx D ) to assembly ( 6 ) . Open cover of new stop
socket before installing new lamps ( 4 ) . lamp assembly ( 6 ) , then install new
Install new lamps (4) into bulb socket . marker assembly or new stop lamp
Push inward and turn clockwise to assembly by using a screwdriver to turn
secure . and lock base of assembly into socket to
secure . Snap housing cover of stop lamp
4 To remove marker assembly ( 5 ) insert assembly closed .
screwdriver into center slot , push in
6 Reinstall door ( 2 ) with six screws ( 1 ) .
3-37
TM 9-2350-238-10
LAMP REPLACEMENT- CONTINUED
DOME LIGHT
1 Loosen eight captive screws ( 1 ) and
ovo
separate dome light door assembly ( 2 )
from light body (3 ) .
2 Check for cracked , damaged , or torn 3

door assembly ( 2 ) and rubber seal (4) . If
condition exists , notify unit maintenance 4
personnel .
2
3 To remove lamps ( 5 ) , depress and turn
counterclockwise . Install new lamp ( 5 )
( item 26 , appx D ) , depress and turn
clockwise to secure . 5
1
4 Reinstall door assembly ( 2 ) and tighten
eight captive screws ( 1 ) .
LOW ENGINE COOLANT WARNING LIGHT
1 Unscrew indicator light lens ( 1 ) .

2 Check for cracked or damaged indicator
light lens ( 1 ) . If condition exists, notify 1
2
3
4
Depress and turn LED ( 2 ) counterclock
wise to remove . Install new LED ( 2 )
( item 29, appx D ) by depressing and tur
ning clockwise to secure .
Screw indicator light lens ( 1 ) on secure
HOL 7/
ly . Press to make sure lamp is good .
PANEL LIGHT
ါ
loa
1 Unscrew panel light lens ( 1 ) . Remove

ြ စ ်
2 ပ
2
lens ( 1 ) and gasket ( 2 ) .
Check for cracked , damaged , or torn lens

( 1 ) and gasket ( 2 ) . If condition exists ,
ဖ 3
1
notify unit maintenance personnel . D.
PO
o
3-38
TM 9-2350-238-10

PANEL LIGHT - CONTINUED
3 To remove lamp ( 3 ) , depress and turn

counterclockwise. Apply a light coat of
silicone compound ( item 38 , appx D ) to
.
socket before installing new lamp ( 3 ) . In

stall new lamp ( 3 ) (item 29, appx D ) ,
depress and turn clockwise to secure .
4 Reinstall gasket ( 2 ) and screw panel light
lens ( 1 ) on securely .
SUSPENSION LOCKED INDICATOR LIGHT
1 Unscrew suspension locked indicator

light lens ( 1 ) . Remove lens ( 1 ) and
gasket ( 2 ) .
2 Check for cracked , damaged , or torn lens 2

1
3 To remove LED ( 3) , depress and turn

counterclockwise . Apply a light coat of
silicone compound (item 38 , appx D ) to
socket before installing new LED ( 3 ) . In 3
stall new LED ( 3 ) ( item 29 , appx D ) ,
---
depress and turn clockwise to secure .
4 Reinstall gasket ( 2 ) and screw lens ( 1 )

on securely .
HIGH BEAM INDICATOR LIGHT AND

MASTER SWITCH INDICATOR LIGHT
1 Unscrew lens ( 1 ) and remove LED ( 2 ) .

1 po . 2
2 Check for cracked or damaged lens ( 1 ) .
If condition exists , notify unit mainte
nance personnel .

(item 38 , appx D ) to socket before in
stalling new LED ( 2 ) . Install new LED ( 2 )
( item 28 , appx D ) .
4 Screw lens ( 1 ) on securely .
3-39
TM 9-2350-238-10
ENGINE-TRANSMISSION LOW OIL WARNING

INDICATOR LIGHT AND GENERATOR
CHARGE INDICATOR LIGHT
1 Unscrew indicator light lens ( 1 ) . Remove

lens ( 1 ) and gasket ( 2 ) .
2 Check for cracked , damaged , or torn in

dicator light lens ( 1 ) and gasket ( 2 ) . If
condition exists , notify unit maintenance
personnel .
3 To remove LED ( 3 ) , depress and turn

socket before installing new LED ( 3 ) . In
stall new LED ( 3 ) ( item 29 , appx D ) , Do
2
p o
depress and turn clockwise to secure . 3
4 Reinstall gasket ( 2 ) and screw indicator

light lens ( 1 ) on securely .
FILTER BYPASS LIGHT
1 Unscrew filter bypass light lens ( 1 ) .

Remove bypass light lens ( 1 ) and gasket
Jon
( 2) .
1
2 Check for cracked , damaged , or torn lens
.. ..
counterclockwise . Apply a light coat of 2
O
socket before installing new LED ( 3 ) . In 3
no
stall new LED ( item 29 , appx D ) , depress

and turn clockwise to secure .
4 Reinstall gasket ( 2 ) and screw bypass

light lens ( 1 ) on securely .
3-40
TM 9-2350-238-10
FLASHER INDICATOR LIGHT
1 Unscrew flasher indicator light lens ( 1 ) .

Remove lens ( 1 ) and gasket ( 2 ) .
2 Check for cracked , damaged , or torn

flasher indicator light lens ( 1 ) and gasket 2
( 2 ) . If condition exists , notify unit
maintenance personnel . 3
3 To remove LED ( 3) , depress and turn
socket before installing LED ( 3 ) . Install 1
new LED ( 3 ) (item 29 , appx D ) , depress
4 Reinstall gasket ( 2 ) and screw flasher in

dicator light lens ( 1 ) on securely .
CLUTCH ENGAGED INDICATOR LIGHT

olo
Piret
SAAT
2
1 Unscrew clutch engaged indicator light silicone compound ( item 38 , appx D ) to

lens ( 1 ) . Remove clutch engaged in socket before installing LED ( 3 ) . Install
dicator light lens ( 1 ) and gasket ( 2 ) . new LED ( 3 ) ( item 29 , appx D ) , depress
2 Check for cracked , damaged , clutch
engaged indicator light or torn lens ( 1 ) 4 Reinstall gasket ( 2 ) and screw clutch
and gasket ( 2 ) . If condition exists , notify engaged indicator light lens ( 1 ) on
unit maintenance personnel . securely .
3-41
TM 9-2350-238-10
AIR FILTERS
REMOVAL AND INSPECTION
OK20
WAUHINULUI
WARNING
2
Contaminated ( NBC ) filters must
MANOLARI
be handled using adequate
precautions ( refer to FM 3-87 )
and must be disposed of by
authorized personnel .
3
1 Turn MASTER switch and INSTrument
switch ON and check operation of air
separator blowers by holding hand at
each blower exhaust port to detect air
flow . If air is not exhausted , notify unit 1
2 Set MASTER switch and INSTrument

switch to OFF position .
3 4
3 Open air cleaner access door ( 1 ) . Note
position of stops ( 2 ) .
4 Turn air filter basket lock lever ( 3 ) to ver
tical position and pull basket (4 ) from
compartment .
3-42
TM 9-2350-238-10
AIR FILTERS - CONTINUED

5
REMOVAL AND INSPECTION - CONTINUED
5 Remove ten filter spacers ( 5 ) and lift

filter bag ( 6 ) from basket .
6 Check filter bag for leaks . If there is

evidence of leaks , replace filter bag .
Heavy traces of dust on inside of filter
bag is evidence of a leak . Light traces of
dust on inside of filter bags are normal .
FILTER BAG CLEANING
Three methods of cleaning filter bags are

listed . The best method of cleaning is number
three .
CAUTION
DO NOT strike bag against any

surface . Do not allow dust to
enter inside filter bag pockets
during cleaning .
1 Grasp rubber cap end of filter ( 1 ) with 1
both hands and shake filter . Be sure to
shake dust from filter pocket edges and
from between pleats .
3-43
TM 9-2350-238-10
FILTER BAG CLEANING - CONTINUED
WARNING CAUTION
Always wear protective goggles Do not use steam to clean filter

and stand upwind of blast when bag . Maximum temperature
using compressed air. must not exceed 212 ° F
( 100 ° C ) .
2 Use compressed air to remove dust from
filter . Insert hose nozzle into each pocket 3 Wash filter with hot or cold water or
and blow dust out . A maximum line water and a nonsudsing detergent . Hang
pressure of 100 psi ( 690 kPa ) and a 1/8 filter bag to dry with rubber cap end in a
in . (0.3 cm ) internal diameter nozzle are horizontal position .
recommended for cleaning with com
pressed air .
VET AIR FILTERS AND HULL COMPARTMENT
The following procedures should be followed 3 Hang filter bag to dry with rubber cap
air filters and hull compartment become wet end of bag in a horizontal position .
rom fording or washing of vehicle .
4 Clean and dry air filter hull compartment
1 Remove air filters by following the pro with clean rags and low pressure com
cedure on page 3-42 . pressed air .
CAUTION 5 Check air filter access door seals for

nicks or tears . Report any damage to
Do not use steam to clean filter unit maintenance personnel .
bag . Maximum temperature
must not exceed 212 ° F 6 Install air filters using following
( 100 °C ) . procedure .
2 Wash filters with hot or cold water or

water and a nonsudsing detergent .
VSTALLATION
CAUTION 1
Incorrect installation can cause

misalignment of rubber cap and
damage to filter basket and ac
cess door latch .
1 Install air filter bag ( 1 ) in basket and fit

filter bag rubber cap firmly around rim of
basket .
3-44
TM 9-2350-238-10
INSTALLATION - CONTINUED 2
CAUTION
Do not tear bag while installing

filter spacers .
2 Install 10 filter spacers ( 2 ) in filter bag

pockets . Make sure spacers are fully and
evenly inserted .
4
3 Position air filter basket and filter bag ( 3 ) 3

in hull compartment with basket stops
(4) on top and slide basket past stops in
hull recess . 5
6
4 Push filter basket against hull and secure
with lock lever ( 5 ) . Close air filter access
door (6) .
TRACK
10 UNSUPPORTED
TRACK SHOES
3/8 TO 1-1 /8 IN .
11.0 CM to 2.9 CM ) STRAIGHTEDGE OR STRING
SAG AT
CENTER OF JACK HANDLE
10 SHOE SPAN
DO
TRACK TENSION CHECK
NOTE
1 Center boom forward over vehicle and
secure boom block . Track tension should be ad
justed before maximum allow
2 Move vehicle slowly backward or for able track sag is reached .
ward over hard level ground ; allow vehi
cle to coast to a stop without applying 4 Place a straightedge or stretch string
brake . Shift transmission into neutral . over a distance of 11 unsupported track
shoe pins . Measure track sag midway
3 Place hydraulic jack handle between between 10 unsupported track shoes as
track and second road wheel . If track shown below . If track sag does not fall
touches first road wheel , adjust track within normal limits ( 3/8 to 1-1 / 8 in . )
tension . ( 1.0 cm to 2.9 cm ) adjust track tension .
3-45
M 9-2350-238-10
RACK - CONTINUED
-
ECREASING TRACK TENSION
es
2
ECCENTRIC TRAILING
SCREWS IDLER ARM
FORWARD
END OF
IDLER WHEEL
VEHICLE
MOVES TOWARD
4TH ROAD WHEEL
ECCENTRIC
WEDGE SPINDLE 1
WHEEL REMOVED FOR CLARITY
1 Drive vehicle onto hard level ground . CAUTION
2 Drive vehicle slowly in reverse until hole Bar must not travel below
through hub flange of trailing idler wheel centerline of trailing idler arm .
is alined with hole in eccentric shaft Ensure spindle arm clearance is
spindle . Insert 10 in . ( 25.4 cm ) of bar correct . Refer to page 3-48 .
( 1 ) ( item 5, appx B ) through hub flange
and into spindle . 4 Move vehicle slowly rearward , rotating
bar and eccentric spindle 1/4 to 1/2 turn ,
3 Loosen self-locking nuts on eccentric and decrease track tension .
spindle screw , using socket wrench ( 2 )
litem 83 , appx B ) . Nuts are torqued to 5 Remove wedge from spindle . Tighten ec
600 + 25 ft -lb ( 810 + 34 N -m ) (oiled
centric spindle screws and nuts as tight
threads and washer) . Drive wedge ( item
as possible using socket wrench . As
72 , appx B ) into joint to relieve tension soon as possible have unit maintenance
on eccentric spindle . personnel check and torque spindle nuts
to 600 + 25 ft-lb ( 810 + 34 N -m ) (oil
ed threads and washer ) .
46
TM 9-2350-238-10
TRACK - CONTINUED
INCREASING TRACK TENSION
ECCENTRIC TRAINING
SCREWS IDLER ARM
FORWARD
END OF
VEHICLE
IDLER WHEEL
MOVES AWAY FROM
4TH ROAD WHEEL
WEDGE
ECCENTRIC
SPINDLE
WHEEL REMOVED FOR CLARITY
1 Drive vehicle onto hard level ground . NOTE
2 Drive vehicle slowly forward until hole • If proper tension has not
through hub flange of trailing idler wheel been achieved by the time
is alined with hole in eccentric shaft steel bar reaches centerline
spindle . Insert 10 in . ( 25.4 cm ) of bar of trailing idler arm , remove
( 1 ) (item 5, appx B ) through hub flange one track shoe . Reassemble
and into spindle . track and adjust track to pro
per tension .
3 Loosen self-locking nut on eccentric spin
dle screw , using socket wrench ( item • Make sure that track does
82, appx B ) . Nuts are torqued to 600 + not bunch up between road
25 ft -lb ( 810 + 34 N - m ) ( oiled threads wheels during track tension
and washer) . Drive wedge (item 71 , ing .
appx B) into joint to relieve tension on
eccentric spindle . • Lubricate screws and nuts
with engine oil (OE ) (item 33 ,
CAUTION appx D ) before installing .
5 Remove wedge from spindle . Tighten ec
Bar must not travel below
centric spindle screws and nuts as tight
centerline of trailing idler arm . as possible using socket wrench . As
Ensure spindle arm clearance is soon as possible have unit maintenance
correct. Refer to page 3-48 .
personnel check and torque spindle nuts
to 600 + 25 ft-lb ( 810 + 34 N -m ) (oil
4 Shift transmission into 3 (third gear) and ed threads and washer) .
hold engine speed at 900 rpm . Drive ve
hicle slowly forward to increase track
tension .
Change 1 3-47
TM 9-2350-238-10
TRACK - CONTINUED
SPINDLE AND IDLER ARM CLEARANCE
Make sure placement of spindle is correct . TRAILING

Proper placement of spindle in arm is when IDLER
approximately 5/8 in . ( 1.6 cm ) of threaded ARM
portion of spindle extends outside of arm . If
placement is incorrect , rotate spindle either in
or out to achieve proper clearance as follows : 5/8 IN. + 1/16 IN .
( 1.6 CM $ 0.2 CM )
ECCENTRIC SPINDLE
1 Decrease track tension . Refer to page
3-46 , steps 1 thru 4.
TRAILING
2 Adjust left side spindle : IDLER
WHEEL
a. Insert 10 in . ( 25.4 cm ) of bar ( item
5 , appx B) through hub flange into
eccentric shaft spindle .
b. To increase clearance to 5/8 in . ( 1.6

cm ) , drive vehicle forward until spin
TRAILING
dle has rotated 360 degrees . IDLER
Measure clearance . Repeat pro
HUB
cedure, if necessary . To decrease
clearance , drive vehicle rearward .
b. To increase clearance to 5/8 in . ( 1.6
3 Adjust right side spindle : cm ) , drive vehicle rearward until
spindle has rotated 360 degrees .
a. Insert 10 in . ( 25.4 cm ) of bar ( item Measure clearance . Repeat pro
5 , appx B ) through hub flange into cedure , if necessary . To decrease
eccentric shaft spindle . clearance , drive vehicle forward .
TRACK REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
1 Drive vehicle on level ground and posi 3 Block opposite track to prevent vehicle
tion track shoe to be removed midway movement . Do not lock vehicle brakes .
between bottom of drive sprocket and
first road wheel .
2 Decrease track tension . Refer to page

3-46 .
3-48
TM 9-2350-238-10
TRACK - CONTINUED
TRACK REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION - CONTINUED
WARNING
Be sure fixtures are seated pro

perly . Injury to personnel may
result if they fall off .
4 Install two track connecting fixtures ( 1 )

across track shoe to be removed .
Tighten fixtures equally to relieve tension
on track pins .
2
©
5 Remove self-locking nut ( 2 ) from track
pin .
CAUTION
Do not damage track pin

threads during removal .
4
SHE
6 Using short leg of drift pin ( 3 ) start to
drive track pin ( 4 ) out of track shoe ( 5 ) .
Remove track pin ( 4 ) with long leg of 3
drift pin ( 3 ) .
7 Remove track shoe ( 5 ) connecting fixture

( 1 ).
8 Repeat steps 5 and 6 for remaining track

pin ( 4) and remove track shoe ( 5) .
9 Partially install one self- locking nut ( 2 ) on

each track pin (4 ) . 20 .
3 5
10 Position track shoe ( 5 ) being installed at
one end of disconnected track . Lift shoe
approximately 15 degrees to aline hex 12 Tighten all nuts as much as possible .
agon shape of bushing and insert track Remove track connecting fixture . As
pin (4) . Drive track pin through shoes by soon as possible , have unit maintenance
tapping lightly with hammer on end of personnel torque nuts to 160-200 ft-lb
nut . Install remaining self -locking nut ( 2 ) ( 216-270 N - m ) .
on opposite end of track pin ( 4 ) .
NOTE
11 Install two track connecting fixtures ( 1 )
across track shoes to be connected and A minimum of 1/8 track pin
tighten equally until holes in ends of thread must extend through
track are aligned . Connect shoes with both track pin nuts .
track shoe track pin ( 4 ) as in step 10
and install remaining self -locking nut ( 2 ) . 13 Adjust track tension . Refer to page 3-45 .
3-49
TM 9-2350-238-10
TRACK - CONTINUED
-
INSTALLING TRACK
-GROUSER
EAST
I us
goes
‫ܚܐܐܠܐܩܠ‬
ROAD WHEELS
11 SHOES
nnn
DRIVE SPROCKET
TRAILING IDLER WHEEL
1 Lay track out in front of vehicle in a 6 Using drive sprocket , bring both ends of
straight line , directly ahead of and track together .
touching first road wheel . Position track
on ground with shoe grousers facing 7 Install two track connecting fixtures
forward . across track shoes to be connected and
tighten equally until holes in ends of
2 Start engine and drive slowly onto track track are aligned . Connect shoes with
to a point where 11 track shoes extend track shoe track pin and install self
past centerline of trailing idler wheel . locking nut .
3 Stop engine ; leave parking brake off . 8 Tighten two nuts on track shoe track
pin . Remove track connecting fixtures .
4 Place drift pin in track shoe hole on last As soon as possible , have unit
shoe at rear of vehicle . Lift end of track maintenance personnel torque nuts to
over trailing idler wheel . 160-200 ft- lb ( 216-270 N -m ) .
5 Start engine and move vehicle forward 9 Increase track tension . Refer to page
slowly allowing track to rest on road 3-47 .
wheels , lifting up on end of track preven
.
ting end from getting caught between

road wheels . When track reaches drive
sprocket , pry or lift track over sprocket .
3-50
TM 9-2350-238-10
LEVEL WIND ADJUSTMENT
3 8
4
CA
DANA
2
7
1 5
1 Pay out 50 to 100 feet ( 15 to 30 m ) of 6 Turn level wind switch ON and reel in
tow winch wire rope and attach it to an tow winch wire rope and pull in object to
object to be recovered . Install wire rope be recovered .
in snatch block and level wind slide .
Refer to page 2-80 . CAUTION
2 Tighten wire rope and turn cab until tow Do not rotate bracket so far as
winch drum is at a right angle to wire to prevent proper switch
rope . actuation .
WARNING 7 If loose wrap is obtained on first layer of

wire rope , turn off level wind switch ,
Do not touch level wind loosen nuts (4) securing bracket ( 5) and
assembly unless level wind rotate bracket approximately one degree
switch is turned off . Unex counterclockwise . If wire rope has a
pected traversing of cab and tendency to overwrap or is subject to
boom may injure personnel and severe scrubbing on first layer, loosen
damage equipment. nuts (4) securing bracket ( 5 ) and rotate
bracket approximately one degree
3 Remove three screws ( 1 ) , washers ( 2 ) , clockwise . Secure bracket ( 5 ) and read
and remove cover ( 3 ) from level wind just switches ( 8 ) .
assembly .
8 Continue normal level wind operation .
4 Loosen three nuts (4 ) securing bracket Repeat step 7 if necessary .
( 5 ) to base . Rotate bracket so lever (6 ) is
centered in bracket. 9 When correct adjustment is obtained ,
replace level wind cover ( 3) and secure
5 Loosen switch nuts ( 7 ) . Screw in swit with three screws ( 1 ) and washers ( 2 ) .
ches ( 8 ) to contact lever and then
unscrew one-half turn . Secure switches
( 8 ) and bracket ( 5 ) with nuts (4 and 7 ) .
3-51
TM 9-2350-238-10
REPLACEMENT OF PERISCOPE M17 BOOM BLOCK AND TOW WINCH BLOCK

Clean boom block and tow winch block and
2 6 lubricate in accordance with LO 9-2350
238-12 .
TOWING PINTLE
4 Clean towing pintle and lubricate in accor

5 dance with LO 9-2350-238-12 .
3
1
TOW HOOKS
1 Remove screw ( 1 ) and retainer ( 2 ) from
periscope lug ( 3 ) .
2
2 Hold periscope ( 4) in place and remove
screw ( 5 ) and retainer ( 6 ) from opposite
lug of periscope .
3 Remove periscope ( 4) .
4 Install periscope (4) by holding in place

and installing screws ( 5 ) and retainers
( 6 ) on lugs ( 3 ) of periscope .
DRIVER'S AND CREW'S SEAT
1 Lubricate seats in accordance with LO 1 Remove two lock pins ( 1 ) .

9-2350-238-12 .
2 Remove pin ( 2 ) and tow hook ( 3 ) .
2 If seats will not operate, seat belts are
damaged , or seat cushions are torn , 3 To install tow hook ( 3 ) , place tow hook
notify unit maintenance personnel . ( 3 ) in position and secure with pin ( 2 )
and tow lock pins ( 1 ) .
WIRE ROPES
SPECIAL TOOLS
1 Clean boom winch and tow winch wire
rope of mud , sand , and other foreign
. Keep all tools clean and properly stowed .
material. Notify unit maintenance personnel of any
missing or damaged tools .
2 Lubricate wire ropes in accordance with
LO 9-2350-238-12 . BASIC ISSUE ITEMS (BII)
3 Wind wire ropes tightly and evenly on Keep all basic issue items clean and properly
winch drums . stowed. Notify unit maintenance personnel of
any missing or damaged items. See Appendix
4 Report any damage such as crushing, B for a listing of basic issue items, and Ap
kinks, or abrasion to unit maintenance pendix E for location .
personnel .
3-52
TM 9-2350-238-10
Section IV. MAINTENANCE UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS

SECTION INDEX
Page
AFTER FORDING MAINTENANCE .. . 3-56
EXTREME COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE . . .3-54
EXTREME HOT WEATHER MAINTENANCE 3-56
GENERAL ..... . . 3-53
UNUSUAL TERRAIN MAINTENANCE . 3-57
GENERAL
a. Important References. Three important e. Maintenance Do's and Don'ts .

manuals to get acquainted with are : FM
21-306 , FM 9-207 , and FM 21-60 providing (1) Extreme Heat , Humid , or Salty
operational and ground guide instructions in Conditions .
all weather conditions to include extreme cold
(0 ° F to -65 ° F ( -18 °C to -54 ° C )) . a. Don't . . . . Park vehicle in sun for
long periods of time .
b. Vehicle. In addition to normal PMCS
(pages 2-18 thru 2-48 ) , special care in clean
I b. Do ......Lubricate vehicle more
ing and lubrication must be taken where ex frequently because oil will
tremes of temperature , humidity , and terrain evaporate
conditions are present or anticipated . When
operating in extremely dusty or snowy condi C. Do ... . . Clean and lubricate
tions, clean air filter bags frequently to pro working metal surfaces
vide adequate air to engine . frequently .
C. Armament. When not in use , cal .50 d. Do Apply a light film of

.
machine gun should be covered . Keep CLP ( item 3, appx D ) on ma

machine gun clean and lightly lubricated . chine gun and mount and keep
When cleaning in cold weather, use CLP lubri cover in place .
cant ( item 3 , appx D ) . Do not dilute or add
antifreeze to rifle bore cleaner . When cleaning (2) Dusty and/or Sandy Areas .
and lubricating have been done , store clean
ing solutions and lubricants in a warm place , a. Do. Park vehicles under
if available . shelter if possible . If none is
available , cover vehicle with
d. General Lubrication Notes. tarpaulin .
(1) Refer to LO 9-2350-238-12 for b. Do ... Keep machine gun lub

.
grades and types of cold weather lubricants . ricated and covered when not in
use .
( 2 ) In temperatures below freezing , keep

moving parts of machine gun and critical C. Do . Clean all dust and /or
parts of vehicle free of moisture . sand from all working metal sur
faces before operating .
( 3) During adverse conditions of heavy
rains, high humidity , sand storms, very dusty ,
or muddy conditions , clean and lubricate vehi
cle more frequently to prevent damage to
equipment. Be sure to clean and lubricate
winch wire ropes .
3-53
TM 9-2350-238-10
GENERAL - CONTINUED -
(3) Fording . items are properly stowed and

secured .
a. Do . . Make sure all hull
drains ( 3 places) are closed and c. Do ... . Open hull drain valves
all hull covers and access plates and drain accumulated water
are securely in place . Install after crossing is completed .
power plant reservoir drain plug
in bottom of access plate , if d . Do ...... Check engine oil level
removed . and crankcase for evidence of
water as soon as possible after
b. Do ......Make sure basic issue crossing .
EXTREME COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE
a. General. In extreme cold weather, .
special purpose kits (Chapter 5 ) should be in

stalled and operated . Maintenance in extreme
ser
cold is difficult in the field . Cold increases
es
maintenance time . At temperatures below
- 40 ° F ( -40 ° C ) , maintenance requires up to
-
d
five times the normal amount of time . Bare
hands stick to cold metal . Fuel in contact
with hands results in super-cooling due to
evaporation and hands can become frostbit
ten . Engine oils , except subzero grade , cannot 1
be poured at temperatures below – 40 ° F -
( -40 ° C ) .
b. Fuel System Maintenance. When condi NOTE

tions indicate that temperatures are going to
be below -25 ° F ( -32 ° C ) , drain , purge , and Regular grade fuel , DF- 2 ( NATO
fill fuel cell and fuel lines with arctic fuel . F - 54 ) , will thicken or partially
solidify at extreme cold temper
NOTE atures . The entire vehicle must
be placed under cover and
Draining fuel system must be warmed until fuel returns to a li
coordinated with unit quid state .
(3) Remove fuel cell drain plugs from
ii ) Remove fuel fill cap ( 1 ) . bottom of hull and drain fuel .
(2) Place suitable container under vehi (4) When fuel cell is drained , install
cle . Fuel cell contains 260 gal . ( 984 I ) . drain plugs and tighten securely .
3-54
TM 9-2350-238-10
EXTREME COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - CONTINUED
UD
ON
2 P
5
N ON OW
OP
( 5 ) Fill fuel cell with fuel , grade DF-A (3) Make sure fan well deck is covered
(NATO F- 56 ) and install fuel fill cap . when vehicle is parked to keep out blowing
snow . Check and remove any accumulated
(6) Provide suitable container and drain snow from fan well before starting engine .
approximately one quart of fuel from each of
the low pressure and high pressure fuel filters d . Battery Maintenance. Refer to FM
( 2 and 3 ) . Close drain valves . 9-207 for method of correcting specific gravi
ty readings for batteries exposed to extreme
(7) Prime fuel system . Refer to page cold .
3-32 .
( 1 ) Start and run engine for approx
(8) Use fuel cycle switch (4) and pump imately 30 minutes at 1200 rpm to charge
and heater igniter switch ( 5 ) for approximate batteries immediately after adding water to
ly 2 minutes and then idle engine at 1200 batteries so water will combine with battery
rpm for 5 minutes to warm up engine . acid and not freeze .
C. Coolant System Maintenance. Refer to (2) Keep batteries fully charged during
FM 9-207 for instructions on draining and extreme cold weather. The colder batteries
cleaning coolant system and selection , ap become the more battery electric power out
plication and checking of antifreeze comounds put is diminished .
to suit anticipated conditions .
(3) Operate coolant heater , if installed
(1 ) Check and make sure antifreeze in (Chapter 5 ) ) , when vehicle is to be parked for
coolant is correct for lowest anticipated several hours . If coolant heater is not install
temperature . When adding water to system , ed , have unit maintenance personnel remove
make sure antifreeze protection is maintained . batteries and store in warm place . When
Operate engine to mix coolant . reinstalling batteries , make sure cables and
terminals are clean and tight .
( 2 ) Operate coolant heater when vehicle
is parked , if installed ( Chapter 5 ) .
3-55
TM 9-2350-238-10
EXTREME HOT WEATHER MAINTE

NANCE
a. General. Maintenance of vehicle under rate if left standing for long periods at high
extreme hot weather conditions requires more temperatures .
frequent checks and services . Lubricants and
coolant evaporate , fungus and rust form d. Hull and Cab Maintenance.
rapidly , and straps and canvas material may
rot from mildew , mold , or fungus . NOTE
b. Cooling System Maintenance. In extreme hot , humid weather ,

corrosive action will show in
( 1 ) Check coolant level frequently and form of rust and paint blisters
keep system filled to within 1 in . ( 2.5 cm ) on metal and mildew , mold , or
below base of fill neck . Avoid use of water fungus growth on wood , fabric ,
that contains alkali . Use soft water whenever leather , and glass .
possible .
(1 ) Make frequent inspections of inac
( 2 ) Add corrosion inhibitor compound tive vehicles .
(item 21 , appx D ) to coolant to prevent for
1
mation of scale and rust in cooling system . ( 2 ) Remove rust , paint blisters , mildew ,
mold , or fungus from components .
( 3) Thoroughly clean and flush cooling
system at frequent intervals . Refer to page ( 3) Apply protective coat of rust preven
3-30. Clean outside of radiators of any ac tive paint on painted surfaces or film of
cumulated dirt , grease , and debris . preservative lubricating oil ( item 3 , appx D ) to
1
unpainted surfaces .
(4 ) Check and adjust fan belt tension at
frequent intervals . Refer to page 3-31 . ( 4 ) Coat battery cables and terminals
with a light coat of grease ( GAA ) ( item 19 ,
C. Battery Maintenance. appx D ) .
(1 ) Check level of battery acid in cells e. Armament Maintenance.

daily . Electrolyte level must not drop below
top of battery plates . Have unit maintenance (1 ) Inspect parts frequently for con
personnel add distilled or rain water if densed moisture or corrosion .
necessary .
( 2 ) Thoroughly dry all exposed un
CAUTION painted surfaces and lubricate ( LO
9-2350-238-12 ) .
Do not store acid type storage
batteries near stacks of tires .
Fumes from batteries have a
harmful effect on rubber . AFTER FORDING MAINTENANCE
(2) Have unit maintenance personnel The following maintenance should be done at
remove batteries and store them in a cool once on all vehicles that have been exposed
place if vehicle is to be parked for several to some depth of water or completely
days . A battery will self-discharge at a greater submerged , especially in salt water .
3-56
TM 9-2350-238-10
AFTER FORDING MAINTENANCE

CONTINUED
a. Vehicle Maintenare. b. Armament Maintenance . If the arma

ment has been splashed with water or has
( 1 ) Open three hull drain valves and been accidentally submerged , precautions
drain hull . Clean hull and tracks of mud and must be taken as soon as possible to avoid
debris . Close drain valves after all water is damage to materiel .
drained .
( 1 ) Completely disassemble armament
( 2) Clean all exposed surfaces and (TM 9-1005-213-10 ) . Clean , dry , and
touch up paint on any damaged painted lubricate all exposed unpainted parts as soon
surfaces . as situation permits .
(3) Clean and coat unpainted metal ( 2) Regardless of temporary measures

parts with CLP lubricant (item 3, appx D ) . taken , notify unit maintenance personnel so
that complete disassembly , cleaning , and
(4) Check lubricating oil in engine , lubrication can be accomplished .
transmission , auxiliary drive and final drives
for water leakage . If there is evidence of
water entering any of these components , UNUSUAL TERRAIN MAINTENANCE
drain , flush, and refill with correct lubricant
(LO 9-2350-238-12) . Remove and replace a. Mud.
engine and transmission oil filters .
(1 ) Clean vehicle thoroughly and dry .
( 5) Clean and lubricate all suspension
grease-lubricated components . Make sure that ( 2) Lubricate vehicle as prescribed in LO
grease is generously forced into each fitting 9-2350-238-12 . Pay particular attention to
to force out any water present . suspension components . Be sure to force out
any dirty lubrica
(6) Check road wheel and idler wheel tion .
hubs for water leakage . Drain and refill hubs
if there is any evidence of water in the ( 3) Clean power plant reservoir drain in
grease . bottom of hull . If drain becomes plugged with
mud , pressure may build up in transmission
(7) Check batteries to be sure no water and cause violent eruption of oil when
entered through vent caps . This is of special transmission oil level dipstick is removed .
importance should vehicle have been
submerged in salt water. (4) Clean tow winch and boom winch
wire ropes . Do not coat wire rope with lubri
(8 ) Remove , disassemble , and dry air cant . Lubricants mixed with grit create an
filter bags . abrasive paste that is more damaging to wire
rope than the lack of lubricant .
( 9 ) Check electrical connections for cor
rosion , particularly bayonet-type connectors . ( 5) Clean air filter bags daily if/when
Dry and clean any wet or corroded operating in mud . When air filter baskets are
connections . removed , inspect air separators for clogging .
1
If clogged notify unit maintenance personnel .

( 10) Drain primary and secondary fuel
filters of any accumulated water .
3-57
TM 9-2350-238-10
UNUSUAL TERRAIN MAINTENANCE - CONTINUED
b. Sand and Dust.
( 1 ) Thoroughly clean and dry vehicle, in (6 ) Disassemble and clean machine gun
cluding power plant compartment. at least once each day . Remove lubricants on
exposed and noncritical operating surfaces of
( 2) Lubricate vehicle as prescribed in LO machine gun and mount . This will prevent
9-2350-238-12 . Be sure to force out any dir windblown sand and dust from sticking to oil
ty lubrication . and forming an abrasive . Clean and lubricate
machine gun and mount with CLP lubricant
(3) Check for chipped paint . Have unit (item 3, appx D ) immediately upon leaving
maintenance personnel prime and paint any sandy terrain .
area where paint is etched or chipped .
( 7 ) Clean air filter bags daily when
(4) Cover entire vehicle with tarpaulin, if operating in sand or dust . Extreme conditions
possible . If entire vehicle cannot be covered , may require cleaning filter bags more than
protect periscopes against etching by wind once a day . When air filter baskets are
blown sand . Also , protect engine compart removed , inspect air separators for clogging .
ment against entry of sand and dust . If clogged , notify unit maintenance personnel .
( 5) Clean tow winch and boom winch (8) Clean power plant reservoir drain in
wire ropes . Do not coat rope with lubricant . bottom of hull . If drain becomes plugged ,
Lubricants mixed with sand create an pressure may build up in transmission and
abrasive paste that is more damaging to wire cause violent eruption of oil when transmis
rope than the lack of lubricant . sion oil level dipstick is removed .
3-58
TM 9-2350-238-10
CHAPTER 4
MAINTENANCE OF AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT
CHAPTER INDEX
Page
CALIBER .50 MACHINE GUN , M2 ..1 . 4-1
CALIBER .50 MACHINE GUN MOUNT, M106A1 1 . 4-1
COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT 4-3
FIXED FIRE EXTINGUISHER SYSTEM . 4-3
GAS-PARTICULATE FILTER UNIT .. . 4-3
GENERAL ... .4-1
IMPACT WRENCH . 4-4
PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 4-4
GENERAL
This chapter provides operator maintenance

for auxiliary equipment used with M578
Recovery Vehicle . The auxiliary equipment
consists of machine gun , machine gun mount ,
communications equipment , gas -particulate
filter unit, fixed fire extinguisher system , por
table fire extinguisher , and impact wrench .
CALIBER .50 MACHINE GUN , M2
Refer to TM 9-1005-213-10 for detailed

maintenance instructions on the machine gun .
CALIBER .50 MACHINE GUN MOUNT ,

M106A1
1 Loosen mount support gun lock clamp ( 1 )

and remove mount ( 2 ) .
4-1
TM 9-2350-238-10
CALIBER .50 MACHINE GUN MOUNT , M106A1 - CONTINUED
WARNING
Dry cleaning solvent (SD-2 ) is

toxic and flammable . Wear pro
tective goggles (item 18 , appx
D ) and gloves ( item 17 , appx D )
and use only in a well ventilated
area . Avoid contact with skin ,
pen
eyes , and clothes and don't
breathe vapors . Do not use near
open flame or excessive heat .
The flash point is 100 ° F -
138 ° F (38 ° C -50 ° C ) . If you
-
3
become dizzy while using sol
vent , get fresh air immediately
and get medical aid . If contact
with eyes is made, wash eyes
with water and get medical aid
immediately .
2 Clean interior of machined surface of

mount support ( 3) with dry cleaning sol
vent SD- 2 ( item 15 , appx D ) and wipe
.
dry . Lubricate machined surface with CLP

(item 3 , appx D) . 6
7
3 Clean all components of mount with dry 5
cleaning solvent SD-2 (item 15 , appx D) 4
and wipe dry .
4 Inspect mount for damage and missing

parts. Notify unit maintenance personnel
of any damaged or missing parts .
(4) Ammunition box tray
(5) Equilibrator adjusting screw
( 6) Support cradle 9
( 7) Front locking pin 10 8
(8) Travel lock pin
(9) Pintle
( 10) Rear locking pin
5 Oil all moving parts and locking pins . Use

CLP (item 3 , appx D ) for all temperatures .
4-2
TM 9-2350-238-10
COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT GAS -PARTICULATE FILTER UNIT

1
Refer to TM 11-291 and TM For maintenance instructions for gas
11-5820-401-10-1 , supplied with com particulate filter unit, refer to TM
3-4240-280-10 . For maintenance instructions
munications equipment, for detailed
maintenance instructions . on M25/M25A1 Protective Mask , use TM
3-4240-280-10 .
FIXED FIRE EXTINGUISHER SYSTEM
TO
EN
TR
t
ix
1 Check lead seals on handles ( 1 and 2 ) to
make sure they have not been broken .
2 Remove eight screws ( 3 ) and washers (4 )

securing right access cover ( 5 ) . Remove
access cover ( 5 ) and gasket ( 6 ) . Repeat
procedure and remove left access cover .
3 Keep a log to be sure extinguishers have
been weighed and inspected within 90 pou
PIRE
days . CIT
2
4 If extinguishers have not been weighed or
if system has been discharged , notify unit
5 Replace access covers ( 5 ) and gaskets ( 6 ) 3 4
and secure each with eight screws ( 3 ) and
washers ( 4) .
5
4-3
TM 9-2350-238-10
PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
1
1 Check condition and operation of portable
fire extinguisher latch ( 1 ) .
2 Make sure extinguisher nozzle ( 2 ) is 3

secure and serviceable . Check lead seals
( 3 ) to make sure they have not been 2
broken .
3 If extinguisher has not been weighed or

has been discharged , notify unit
IMPACT WRENCH
Refer to TM 9-5130-338-15P for detailed

maintenance instructions on impact wrench .
4-4
TM 9-2350-238-10
CHAPTER 5
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF

SPECIAL PURPOSE KITS
CHAPTER INDEX
Page
ARCTIC TRACTION KIT .. 5-11
DRIVER'S HEATER KIT . 5-1
Driver's heater operation . 1 5-2
GENERAL 5-1
WINTERIZATION KIT 5-2
Cab heater operation .5-6
Coolant heater operation 5-5
Driver's enclosure operation 5-8
Immersion heater operation 1
5-7
Installation of driver's enclosure . 5-9
Removal of driver's enclosure 5-8
Winterization kit covers , plugs , boots , and trays operation 5-9
Winterization kit maintenance 5-11
GENERAL
Special purpose kits consist of driver's heater Special purpose kits are installed on M578
kit, winterization kit, and arctic traction kit . Recovery Vehicle by support maintenance
personnel . Pages 5-2 thru 5-12 describe each
Driver's heater kit provides warm air for kit and provide instructions for operation and
driver's compartment. It is authorized for crew maintenance of each item .
issue when low temperatures require
heating of driver's compartment. DRIVER'S HEATER KIT
Winterization kit provides warm air for the Driver's heater kit uses hot engine coolant to
crew in cab , maintains engine coolant and provide warm air for driver's compartment .
battery temperatures at level required for Hoses allow hot coolant to circulate through
starting engine , warms hydraulic oil , and heater and an impeller , driven by an electric
provides warm air below cab to warm slip motor, blows air through heater . Heater is in
ring and hydraulic pumps . It is authorized stalled above driver's feet . A deflector assem
for issue when vehicle is to be operated in bly allows heated air to be directed as
arctic regions . desired .
Arctic traction kit provides special track

pads that increase traction of vehicle on ice
and snow .
5-1
TM 9-2350-238-10
DRIVER'S HEATER KIT - CONTINUED
DRIVER'S HEATER OPERATION
1 Start vehicle engine and set engine speed
ce
at fast idle ( 1000 to 1200 rpm ) until VO
engine coolant has warmed to 170 ° F )
( 77 °C ) .
)
2 Open HEATER SHUTOFF VALVE ( 1 ) by
4
turning it in direction marked ON .
Set DRIVER'S HEATER switch ( 2 ) to ON .
Direct hot air as desired by rotating

deflector ( 3) or by opening or closing
3
so 1
sliding panel on deflector .
5 Temperature of heated air may be
o
decreased by partially closing HEATER 2
SHUTOFF VALVE ( 1 ) .
6 To shut off heater , set DRIVER'S HEATER
SRO
switch ( 2 ) to OFF , and turn HEATER
es[
O
SHUTOFF VALVE ( 1 ) in direction marked
ด(ลอ้
OFF .
7 Inspect heater, hoses, and fittings for

leaks . Check operation of heater switch
and shutoff valve . If there are any leaks or
heater does not operate , notify unit
WINTERIZATION KIT
Winterizatoin kit allows vehicle to be operated

in arctic regions . Winterization kit consists of
an engine coolant heater system , cab heater ,
hydraulic oil immersion heater, driver's
enclosure , and vehicle closure covers , plate ,
boots , trays , and plugs .
5-2
TM 9-2350-238-10
WINTERIZATION KIT –CONTINUED
2
3
1 コ
ニ
4
Il
p
0 4
5
6
1 COOLANT HEATER . A diesel fuel burning 4 ENGINE INTAKE AIR VENT COVER . This
heater ( 1 ) that maintains engine and bat cover ( 4 ) prevents entry of snow and ice
tery temperature at starting level . Coolant into engine air intake system .
heater draws coolant from engine , heats
coolant , and then circulates it through 5 BATTERY TRAY . This tray ( 5 ) has a hol
hollow bottom of battery tray and back in low bottom through which heated coolant
to engine cooling system . from coolant heater is circulated to warm
batteries .
2 BATTERY COMPARTMENT AIR INTAKE
PORT COVER . This cover ( 2 ) prevents en 6 DRIVER'S ENCLOSURE . This enclosure ( 6 )
try of snow and ice into battery compart protects driver from wet and cold while
ment and engine air intake system . driving vehicle with cupola cover open .
Enclosure will fold forward and not in
3 INSULATED BATTERY COMPARTMENT terfere with closing cupola cover . An elec
COVER . This cover ( 3 ) provides insulation tric windshield wiper is installed on
to help maintain battery temperature at windshield .
starting level .
5-3
TM 9-2350-238-10
WINTERIZATION KIT - CONTINUED
てつ
9
こ
8
-- 10
7
p o a
A lp
o
15
卡
c NI on
si04 11
ó
14
12
13
7 CAB HEATER . A fuel burning heater ( 7 ) 12 COOLANT HEATER EXHAUST OUTLET

that provides warm air for cab, slip ring , COVER PLATE . This plate ( 12 ) allows for
and hydraulic pumps . Heater discharges coolant heater exhaust while protecting
heated air that is deflected into cab and exhaust port cover from damage .
into slip ring hot air ducts .
13 HYDRAULIC OIL IMMERSION HEATER .
8 AMMUNITION BOX TRAYS . Trays ( 8 ) Heater ( 13 ) warms hydraulic oil in reser
are provided to hold ammunition boxes voir prior to engaging hydraulic pumps .
displaced by installation of cab heater . The immersion heater is an electrical ,
resistance type heater installed in
9 BOOM CYLINDER BOOT . The boots ( 9 ) hydraulic reservoir .
seal opening in front wall of cab around
boom cylinders . 14 SLIP RING HOT AIR DUCTS . The hot air
ducts ( 14 ) deflect air from cab heater
10 RADIATOR AIR INTAKE GRILLE COVER . below cab to warm slip ring and
This cover ( 10 ) prevents entry of snow hydraulic pumps .
and ice into radiator and fan well com
partment . 15 IMMERSION HEATER SLAVE RECEP
TACLE . Immersion heater slave recep
11 HULL EXHAUST PORT COVER . This tacle ( 15 ) permits connection of a
cover ( 11 ) prevents entry of snow and 24-volt DC power source to immersion
ice into radiator and fan well compart heater .
ment .
5-4
TM 9-2350-238-10
COOLANT HEATER OPERATION
4
5 6
HI RON
OFF
O
LO START
DAAM
F ATI 3
CAUTION NOTE
Operate coolant heater con Before first operation of coolant

tinually whenever engine is heater, or after coolant system
not operating and average had been drained and refilled ,
temperature is - 25 °F purge air from coolant heater by
( -32 °C ) or below . opening drain cock ( 5 ) located
under coolant heater control
• Do not operate coolant heat panel . Run coolant heater until
er longer than 12 hours with air is no longer ejected from
out recharging vehicle bat draincock , then close draincock .
teries .
4 Hold RUN -OFF-START switch ( 6 ) in
1 Install cover ( 1 ) on radiator air intake grille START position until light comes on .
and secure with snap fasteners .
NOTE
2 Release exhaust port cover ( 2 ) from stow
position and lace in closed position . If light ( 4) does not come on
within 5 minutes notify unit
3 Open spring-loaded cover ( 3 ) over coolant maintenance personnel .
heater control panel and press on light (4) .
Light should come on .
5-5
TM 9-2350-238-10
COOLANT HEATER OPERATION - CONTINUED
5 When light ( 4) comes on , immediately

move switch ( 6 ) to RUN position without
hesitating in OFF position .
6 Set HI- LO switch ( 7 ) for desired rate of
heating .
NOTE
7 4 6
If set for HI , heater will
automatically go into low heat
when coolant temperature
reaches 220 °F ( 105 °C ) . LO
စု စုစု TRIN
BOFO
position is suitable for standby START
operation when heater will be
used for an extended period of
time . 0 0
7 Shut heater off when engine is operating .

To shut heater off, turn switch ( 6 ) to off
position . Flame will extinguish in a few
moments as soon as fuel is purged .
Blower will operate for about 1 minute un
til heater has cooled , then will stop . Light
will stay on until blower stops .
CAB HEATER OPERATION
1 Remove heater fuel filler cap ( 1 ) and add

diesel fuel to fill as required . Initial heater
Ecs
capacity is 5 gal . ( 19 I ) . Replace filler cap. 1
RUN
2 Open the fuel shutoff cock ( 2 ) . OFF
கு
START
3 Close air deflector ( 3 ) at base of heater to
deflect air to slip ring and hydraulic pumps .
6
4 5
4. Set vehicle master switch to ON .
5 Check that light (4 ) on heater control box

goes on when pressed .
2
6 Hold START-RUN switch ( 5 ) in START
position until light (4 ) comes on ; then
move switch ( 5 ) to RUN position without
stopping in OFF position .
3
5-6
TM 9-2350-238-10
CAB HEATER OPERATION - CONTINUED

NOTE 9 To turn heater off , set heater START
RUN switch ( 5 ) to OFF . Light will stay
If light (4) does not come on on until heater is purged . Blower will
within 5 minutes , notify unit operate for approximately 1 minute after
maintenance personnel . heater is turned off .
7 Position HI -LO switch (6) to desired rate 10 Close fuel shutoff cock ( 2 ) .
of heating .
11 Set vehicle master switch to OFF .
8 When slip ring is warm , open air deflector
(3 ) to allow heated air into cab for person
nel comfort .
IMMERSION HEATER OPERATION
CAUTION
2
Do not operate immersion
heater from vehicle slave recep
tacle when engine is not run
ning . Batteries are discharged
very rapidly by immersion
heater .
1 Start the engine .

‫الفرع‬
Vilille
2 Connect slave cable ( 1 ) ( item 8, appx B,

Sec . III ) between cab slave receptacle ( 2 ) 3
and vehicle slave receptacle ( 3 ) or an ex
ternal 24-volt DC power source . Immer
sion heater will be on and start warming
hydraulic oil .
PORE
CAUTION X1
Do not engage hydraulic pump

clutch switch when temperature
is below -25 ° F ( -32 ° C ) until
hydraulic oil has been warmed .
5 Repeat steps 3 and 4 until hydraulic pump
3 Allow hydraulic oil to warm . Inside wall of clutch is successfully engaged and filter
cab below hydraulic oil level gauge will be bypass light remains out . Pull hand throt
warm to your hand . tle out slowly, making sure bypass light
remains out , until engine speed reaches
4 Actuate hydraulic system ( page 2-67 ) . If 1350 rpm .
filter bypass light comes on , reduce
engine speed until light goes out , or turn 6 Remove slave cable ( 1 ) . Immersion heater
off hydraulic pump clutch switch and will be off and will stop heating hydraulic
allow immersion heater to continue to oil . Hydraulic oil will be heated as long as
operate . hydraulic system is in operation .
5-7
TM 9-2350-238-10
DRIVER'S ENCLOSURE OPERATION 1

2
1 Pull down on straps ( 1 ) to lower driver's
window ( 2 ) over cupola .
2 Secure enclosure by pushing snap fastener

on strap ( 1 ) onto studs ( 3 ) .
3 To open driver's window :

a. Pull strap on each side of enclosure 1
free from stud .
b. Push up and forward on window ( 2 )

and fold windshield and window for
ward onto hull .
4 To operate windshield wiper , set wiper 3

motor switch (4) , located to left of wiper
motor ( 5 ) , to ON position .
4 5
REMOVAL OF DRIVER'S ENCLOSURE
3 4
5
1
1 Remove window -to -cupola chain ( 1 ) from 3 Lift window ( 5 ) from windshield and
base link ( 2 ) . remove from vehicle .
2 Turn handle of catch assembly ( 3 ) 4 Make sure that windshield is folded down
counterclockwise until there is enough flat .
slack to allow release of catch assembly
( 3 ) from latch ( 4 ) in window assembly .
Lift catch assembly from latch .
5-8
TM 9-2350-238-10
INSTALLATION OF DRIVER'S ENCLOSURE
1 2 3
TO
5
1 Make sure windshield is upright if folded 3 Place catch assembly ( 2 ) in latch ( 3 ) . Turn
down . handle of catch assembly ( 2 ) clockwise
until it locks in window assembly .
2 Install window ( 1 ) in windshield .
4 Install cupola chain ( 4 ) to base link ( 5 ) in
window .
WINTERIZATION KIT COVERS, PLUGS, BOOTS, AND TRAYS OPERATION
TU
1 Stow ammunition boxes in trays ( 1 ) which 2 Make sure boom winch cover plugs ( 3 )
have been relocated to boom cylinders and boom cylinder boots ( 4 ) are in place
and secure with straps ( 2 ) . and secure .
5-9
TM 9-2350-238-10
WINTERIZATION KIT COVERS,, PLUGS, BOOTS, AND TRAYS OPERATION – CONTINUED
8 10
5
2
1
y
6
g
10 8 9
3 After servicing batteries, replace insulated
cover ( 5 ) over batteries before closing
door . ARANY
4 Make sure engine intake air vent cover ( 6 )
and air intake port cover ( 7 ) are in place .
‫وع‬
5 Before starting engine , loosen rope ( 8 )
from cleats ( 9 ) and roll exhaust port cover
( 10 ) up . Secure in place on top deck by
attaching rope ( 8 ) to cleats .
6 Partially uncover air intake by unfastening
snaps from studs ( 11 ) securing cover ( 12 ) 12
over air intake grille .
7 After engine is running , adjust cover ( 12 ) 1)

to suit engine cooling requirements .
11
5-10
TM 9-2350-238-10
WINTERIZATION KIT MAINTENANCE
1 Oil windshield pin assemblies and engine CAUTION

coolant heater control box access cover
hinge with proper oil for expected temper Do not use solvent or any
atures . abrasive agent on driver's
enclosure .
2 Inspect coolant heater , hoses , and fittings
for leaks . Test indicator light on control 6 Wash off all sand and dirt from driver's
box by pressing . If light does not operate enclosure with stream of vater . Then
or if any components are leaking or clean enclosure and windshield with mild
damaged , notify unit maintenance soap and water and soft cloth .
personnel .
7 Turn on MASTER switch and check opera
3 Inspect cab heater , fuel tank , lines , and tion of windshield wiper on driver's
fittings for leaks . Turn on MASTER switch enclosure . Check driver's enclosure for
and test indicator light on control box by damaged window or windshield glass .
pressing . If light does not operate or if any Notify unit maintenance personnel if wind
components are leaking or damaged , shield wiper does not operate or if driver's
notify unit personnel . enclosure is damaged .
4 Inspect around hydraulic oil immersion 8 Check vehicle fuel level before notifying
heater for oil leaks . Notify unit unit maintenance personnel that coolant
maintenance personnel of any leaks . heater is defective .
5 Check that all covers and plugs are cor 9 Check fuel level in heater tank before noti
rectly installed or stowed and not dam fying unit maintenance personnel that cab
aged . If any covers or plugs are missing or heater is defective .
damaged , notify unit maintenance
personnel .
ARCTIC TRACTION KIT
Arctic traction kit provides special track pads Arctic track pads require no special
that increase traction of vehicle on ice and maintenance . Service and maintain track ,
snow . track tension , and track shoes in normal man
ner . Refer to pages 3-45 thru 3-50 .
Arctic track pads are installed and replaced
by unit maintenance personnel .
5-11 /( 5-12 blank )

TM 9-2350-238-10
APPENDIX A
REFERENCES
SCOPE
This appendix lists all field manuals , forms , technical manuals, and miscellaneous publications
referenced in this manual .
FIELD MANUALS
FM 3-5 . NBC Decontamination
FM 3-87 Nuclear, Biological , and Chemical ( NBC ) Reconnaissance and

Decontamination Operations
FM 9-207 . Operation and Maintenance of Ordinance Materiel in Cold

Weather (0 ° to -65 ° F )
FM 20-22 Vehicle Recovery Operations

FM 21-11 First Aid for Soldiers
FM 21-60 . Visual Signals
FM 21-306 Manual for Tracked Combat Vehicle Driver

FM 31-70 ... . Basic Cold Weather Manual
FM 31-71 Northern Operations
FM 90-6 Mountain Operations
FORMS
DA Form 2028 Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms

DA Form 2028-2 . .
Recommended Changes to Equipment Technical Publications
DA Form 2062 .
Hand Receipt/Annex Number
DA Form 2404 .
Equipment Inspection and Maintenance Work Sheet
SF 368 . . Product Quality Deficiency Report
TECHNICAL MANUALS
TM 3-4240-280-10 .. . :Operator's Manual for Mask , Chemical -Biological , Aircraft ,

ABC -M24 and Accessories : Mask , Chemical -Biological , Tank
M25/M25A1 and Accessories
A- 1
TM 9-2350-238-10
TECHNICAL MANUALS (cont)
TM 3-4320-214-12& P Operator's and Organizational Maintenance Manual Including

Repair Parts and Special Tools List for Decontaminating Ap
paratus : Portable , 14 Liter, M13
TM 9-1005-213-10 Operator's Manual ; Machine Gun , Cal . .50, Browning , M2 ,

Heavy Barrel
TM 9-1005-245-14 Operator's , Organizational , Direct Support and General Support

Maintenance Including Repair Parts and Special Tools List (In
cluding Depot Maintenance Repair Parts and Special Tools ) :
Various Machine Gun Mounts and Combinations Use
tical and Armored Vehicles
TM 9-2350-238-10- HR Recovery Vehicle , Full -Tracked : Light, Armored , M578 Hand

Receipt
TM 9-2350-274-BD .. Operational , Organizational , Direct Support and General Sup

port Maintenance Battlefield Damage Assessment and Repair
for M109, M110 Series Self-Propelled Howitzers, and M578
Recovery Vehicle
TM 9-5130-338-15P .
Organizational, Field and Depot Maintenance Repair Parts List
( Including Operation and Organizational , Field and Depot
Maintenance ) for Wrench , Impact, Hydraulic
TM 9-6140-200-14 Operator's Organizational , Direct Support and General Support

Maintenance Manual for Lead-Acid Storage Batteries
TM 9-8000 Principles of Automotive Vehicles
TM 11-291 . Manual for Radio Set AN /VRC - 13 , AN /VRC - 14, or AN /VRC- 15
TM 11-5820-401-10-1 .. . .
Operator's Manual for Radio Sets AN/VRC -43, AN/VRC -44 , 1
AN /VRC -46 , AN /VRC -47 , AN /VRC -48 , and AN /VRC-49
MISCELLANEOUS PUBLICATIONS
AR 25-30 The Army Integrated Publishing and Printing Program

CTA 8-100 Army Medical Department Expendable/Durable Items
CTA 50-970 Expendable/Durable Items (Except Medical , Class V, Repair
Parts , and Heraldic Items )
DA PAM 738-750 ... The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS )

LO 9-2350-238-12 . .
Lubrication Order: Recovery Vehicle , Full -Tracked : Light , Ar
mored , M578
A- 2 Change 1
TM 9-2350-238-10
APPENDIX B
COMPONENTS OF END ITEM AND BASIC ISSUE ITEMS LISTS
Section 1. INTRODUCTION
SCOPE EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS
This appendix lists components of end item The following provides an explanation of col
and basic issue items for the M578 Recovery umns found in the tabular listings:
Vehicle to help you inventory items required
for safe and efficient operation . a. Column ( 1 ) - Illustration Item Number
( Illus Number). This column indicates the
GENERAL number of the illustration in which the item is
shown .
The Components of End Item and Basic Issue
Items Lists are divided into the following b. Column ( 2 )-National Stock Number.
sections : Indicates the National stock number assigned
to the item and will be used for requisitioning
a. Section II. Components of End Item . purposes .
This listing is for informational purposes only ,
and is not authority to requisition replace C. Column ( 3 ) -Description. Indicates the
ments . These items are part of the end item , Federal item name and , if required , a mini
but are removed and separately packaged for mum description to identify and locate the
transportation or shipment . As part of the end item . The last line for each item indicates the
item , these items must be with the end item FSCM (in parentheses ) followed by the part
whenever it is issued or transferred between number .
property accounts. Illustrations are furnished
to assist you in identifying the items . d . Column ( 4 ) – Unit of Measure ( U / M ). In
dicates the measure used in performing the
b. Section III. Basic Issue Items. These are actual operational/maintenance function . This
the minimum essential items required to place measure is expressed by a two-character al
the M578 Recovery Vehicle in operation , to phabetical abbreviation (e.g. , ea , in , pr) .
operate it, and to perform emergency repairs.
Although shipped separately packaged , BII e. Column ( 5 ) - Quantity Required (Qty
-
must be with the M578 Recovery Vehicle Rar). Indicates the quantity of the item
during operation and whenever it is trans authorized to be used with/on the equip
ferred between property accounts . The illus ment .
trations will assist you with hard-to-identify
items . This manual is your authority to re
quest/requisition replacement BII , based on
TOE/MTOE authorization of the end item .
B- 1
TM 9-2350-238-10
Section II . COMPONENTS OF END ITEM
1 (2 33 4
U.S. ARMY
EQUIPMENT RECORD FOLDER
So
‫لاه‬
rt
KOLKA
ose 1 - mur
.
5
ainosy Hotlinegalerie
Sell Brands besture
WWW.10.40
IT Wni 11 ( 1
U
(1) (2) (3) ( 4) (5)

Illus National Stock Description Usable Qty
Number Number FSCM and Part Number On Code U /M Rar
1
1 3940-00-630-9931 BLOCK , TACKLE : snatch , single 8-in . sheave , EA
10 ton , 5/8 in . dia rope , Type 2 Style A
( 19207 ) MIL- B - 11837
2 3940-00-489-8340 BLOCK , TACKLE : w/oblong swivel eye and EA 1

upset shackle , 35 ton , 1 in . wire rope
( 19207 ) 8337021-1
3 7510-01-065-0166 FOLDER EQUIPMENT RECORD BOOK : EA 1

(See par . 2-3 , DA PAM 738-750, page 6 )
4 2540-00-706-8219 HOOK : tow quick attaching , cable EA 4
( 19207 ) 7068219
EA
01
5 1005-00-704-6650 MOUNT, MACHINE GUN , CAL .50:

. .
1
( 19204 ) 7046650 or ( 19204) 8367127
alternate
B -2
TM 9-2350-238-10
Section II . COMPONENTS OF END ITEM - CONTINUED
6 7 8
SO ดู
9 ( 10 )
IIN
(1) (2 ) (3) (4) (5)

Ilus National Stock Description Usable Qty
6 6650-00-704-3549 PERISCOPE , M17 :

( 19200) 7043549
EA
1117
7 5315-00-350-4326 PIN : locking , tow hook pin EA | 8
( 19207) 5213744
8 5315-00-706-9195 PIN : tow hook EA 4

( 19207 ) 7069195
9 5330-00-930-7177 SEAL, NONMETALLIC ST : periscope EA 15

( 19207 ) 11592732
10 5120-00-293-1439 VISE , MACHINIST'S : swivel base, stationary EA 1

jaw , 6 in . jaw opening , 4 in . jaw width
( 81348 ) GGG -V-410
B -3
TM 9-2350-238-10
Section III . BASIC ISSUE ITEMS
0 2
3) 4
(1 ) (2) ( 3) (4) (5)

Ilus National Stock Description Usable Qty
1 5110-00-293-2336 AXE , SINGLE BIT : 4-3/4 in . blade , 4 lb, Type A

1
EA 1
( 19207 ) 6150925
2 2540-00-670-2459 BAG ASSEMBLY , PAMPHLET : EA 1

( 19207 ) 11676920
3 5140-00-473-6256 BAG , TOOL , SATCHEL: w/o contents EA 1

( 19207 ) MIL-B-43663
4 5120-00-224-1384 BAR , PINCH , OFFSET : 1 in . by 36 in . long EA 1

Type III , Size 5
( 81348 ) GGG - B- 101
01
5120-00-243-2419 BAR , SOCKET WRENCH : 3/4 in . by 30 in . long EA 1

( 19207 ) 619547
B-4
TM 9-2350-238-10
Section III . BASIC ISSUE ITEMS - CONTINUED
6 7
WI
LL
IA
M
8 9 10
(1) (2) ( 3) (4) (5)

Number Number FSCM and Part Number On Code U/M Rar
6 5110-00-277-4589 BD 1
BLADE , HAND HACKSAW : 12 in . long , 24 teeth
per inch , Type A , Class 1
( 81348 ) GGG -B-451
7 7920-00-269-1259 BRUSH , WIRE , SCRATCH : 14 in . , Type II EA 1
( 81348 ) H -B- 178
8 2590-00-148-7961 CABLE KIT, SPECIAL PURPOSE : electrical , EA 1

20 ft (slave )
( 19207 ) 11682379-1
9 7240-00-242-6153 CAN , WATER , MILITARY : 5 gallon , metal EA 1
( 81349 ) MIL-C - 13984
10 5140-00-261-4994 CARRIER, TOOL : wire cutter, M1938 EA 1
( 19207) 11655787
B- 5
TM 9-2350-238-10
( 11) 12 13
14 15
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

Number Number FSCM and Part Number On Code U/M Ror
11 4010-00-133-6517 CHAIN ASSEMBLY , DOUBLE : lifting , V -type EA 1

( 19207 ) 10929894
12 4010-00-297-1815 CHAIN ASSEMBLY , SINGLE : w/hook and ring , EA 2

1/2 in . x 4 ft lg
( 19207 ) 7717031
13 4010-01-017-1714 CHAIN ASSEMBLY , SINGLE : w /hook and ring , EA

N
7/8 in . x 6 ft Ig
( 19207 ) 10944639-6
14 4010-00-473-6166 CHAIN ASSEMBLY , SINGLE : 5/8 in . link , EA 1

16 ft w/grab hook , w / 2 pear shape coupling
links , OD finish
( 19207 ) 7077063
15 5110-00-221-1075 CHISEL, BLACKSMITH'S : cold , w/handle , EA 1

1-1 /2 in . Type I , Class 1
( 81348 ) GGG -T-00563
B-6
TM 9-2350-238-10

16 .
17 18
a
19 20
(1) ( 2) (3) (4) (5)

16 3439-00-383-3634 CLEANER SET, WELDING : welding and cutting SE 1

tips , 0.021 to 0.067 in . , 12 cleaners
( 81349 ) MIL-C - 17223
17 2540-00-863-3153 CLEVIS ASSEMBLY , TOW BAR : w /pin EA 2

( 19207 ) 10894255
18 5120-00-224-1390 CROWBAR : pinch point , 5 ft lg , 1-1 /4 in . wide EA 2

(80064) 1833244
19 5110-00-595-8229 CUTTER , WIRE , ROPE : M1938 EA 1

( 19207 ) 11655981
20
5110-00-293-1066 CUTTER , WIRE ROPE : hammer impact, 1-1 /2 in . EA 1

maximum wire capacity
( 85767 ) 2
B- 7
TM 9-2350-238-10
21 22 23 24
001
1s
25
(1 ) (2) ( 3) (4) (5)

Number Number FSCM and Part Number On Code U/MM Rar
21 8120-00-268-3360 CYLINDER : compressed gas , acetylene, EA 1

225 cu ft , 250 psi , w/valve and cap, empty
( 81349 ) MIL-C-3701
22 8120-00-357-7992 CYLINDER : compressed gas , oxygen , 220 to EA 1
240 cu ft 2265 psi , w/valve and cap , empty
( 81348 ) RR -C-901 / 1
23 5120-00-708-3639 DRIFT PIN EA 1
( 19207 ) 7083639
1
24 5120-00-243-7326 EXTENSION , SOCKET WRENCH : 1/2 in .

I EA 1
sq drive , 5 in . Ig
( 81348 ) GGG -W-641
25 4210-00-270-4512 EXTINGUISHER , FIRE : carbon dioxide, portable , EA 2
5 lb
( 19207 ) 7714780
B -8
TM 9-2350-238-10
26 27
28 29 30
(1) (2) ( 3) (4) ( 5) .

26 5110-00-156-0059 FILE , HAND : smooth , 10 in . Ig EA 1

(81348 ) GGG -F-325
27 5120-00-605-3926 FIXTURE : track connecting , w/bar EA 2
( 19207 ) 8741739
EA
28 6230-00-264-8261 FLASHLIGHT : hand , 2 -cell , w/lamp, wlo 2

batteries
(81349) MIL-F-3747
29 5120-00-965-0603 FLINT TIP, FRICTION : igniter, threaded, BX 1

6 per box
( 81348 ) GG -1-271
EA
30 5110-00-289-9657 FRAME , HAND HACKSAW : pistol grip , 8 in . to

. 1
12 in .
( 90808 ) 163-20
B-9
TM 9-2350-238-10
Section III . BASIC ISSUE ITEMS - CONTINUED -
31 32 33
34
20
35
(1 ) (2 ) ( 3) ( 4) ( 5)
31 8415-00-268-7859 GLOVE : welder's leather, gauntlet, large pair, PR 1

Type II
( 81348 ) KK -G -486
32 4240-00-269-7912 GOGGLES , INDUSTRIAL : chipper, wleye cups , PR 1
plastic , clear lens , Type II , Class A
( 81348 ) GGG -G - 513
33 4240-00-203-3804 GOGGLES : welder , w /eye cups, plastic, red PR 1
shade lens , number 6, with hardened glass
cover, Type II , Class B
.
( 81348 ) GGG -G - 513

34 5120-00-061-8546 HAMMER , HAND : machinist , ball peen , 2 lb , EA 1
Type II , Class 1
( 81348 ) GGG - H - 86
35 5120-00-900-6097 HAMMER , HAND : sledge double face w/handle , EA 1
10 lb
( 81348 ) GGG - H -86
B - 10
TM 9-2350-238-10

1
36 39
37
40
38
3
(1 ) ( 2) ( 3) ( 4) (5)
36 5120-00-288-6574 HANDLE , MATTOCK -PICK : wood , 36 in . lg

1
EA 1
( 19207 ) 11677021
37 5120-00-230-6385 HANDLE , SOCKET WRENCH : reversible ratchet, EA 1

1/2 in . sq drive , 9 in . Ig
( 81348) GGG -W- 641
38 5120-00-099-8544 HANDLE , SOCKET WRENCH : T-sliding , 3/4 in . EA 1
sq drive 18 in . to 30 in . Ig
( 87641 ) SWE63 1
39 4720-00-273-9886 HOSE ASSEMBLY : acetylene , red , w/couplings , EA 1
5/16 in . x 50 ft Ig , Type 11
( 81348 ) ZZ- H -461
40 4720-00-293-7997 HOSE ASSEMBLY : gas , oxygen , green , EA 1
w/couplings , 5/16 in . x 50 ft lg , Type II
(81348 ) ZZ-H - 461
Change 1 B - 11
TM 9-2350-238-10
41 42 43
44 45
or
(1) (2) ( 3) (4) (5)

41 4720-00-792-9883 HOSE ASSEMBLY , NONMETALLIC : hydraulic ,

. EA 2
w/quick disconnects , 25 ft Ig , impact wrench
( 19207 ) 10867293
42 4720-00-792-9884 HOSE ASSEMBLY, NONMETALLIC : hydraulic EA 2

w/quick disconnects, 25 ft lg , impact wrench
( 19207 ) 10867295
43 5120-00-965-0326 IGNITER , FRICTION : oxygen and acetylene EA 1

torch , friction , Type 1 , Style A
( 81337 ) 5-13-2003-55
44 5120-00-595-8396 JACK, HYDRAULIC , HAND : 8 ton , w/handle EA 1

( 81348 ) 16-W- 233
45 5120-00-188-1790 JACK , HYDRAULIC , HAND : 30 ton , w/handle EA 1
( 07505 ) FA - 11
B- 12
TM 9-2350-238-10
46
ko
(1 ) (2 ) (3) ( 4) (5)
46 5120-00-935-4641 KEY SET , SOCKET HEAD : hex , socket head

. SE 1
screw , short arm , 0.028 to 3/4 in . , 20 keys in
plastic wrapper, Type 1 , Class 1 , set no . 2
( 81348 ) GGG -K-275
Composed of :
1 WRAPPER : plastic
5120-00-555-2639 1 KEY : 0.028 in . , 1-5/ 16 in . Ig
5120-00-198-5400 1 KEY : 0.035 in .
5120-00-198-5401 1 KEY : 0.050 in . , 1-27 / 32 in . Ig
5120-00-198-5398 1 KEY : 1/16 in . , 1-27 / 32 in . Ig
5120-00-224-2504 1 KEY : 5/64 in . , 1-31 /32 in . lg
5120-00-242-7410 1 KEY : 3/32 in . , 2-3/ 32 in . Ig
5120-00-889-2162 1 KEY : 7/64 in . , 2-7/32 in . Ig
5120-00-240-5292 1 KEY : 1/8 in . , 2-11 / 16 in . Ig
5120-00-889-2163 1 KEY : 9/64 in . , 2-15/32 in . Ig
1
5120-00-198-5392 1 KEY : 5/32 in . , 2-19/32 in . Ig

5120-00-240-5300 1 KEY : 3/16 in . , 2-27/ 32 in . Ig
5120-00-242-7411 1 KEY : 7/32 in . , 3-3/ 32 in . Ig
5120-00-224-4659 1 KEY : 1/4 in . , 3-11 /32 in . lg
5120-00-240-5274 1 KEY : 5/16 in . , 3-27/32 in . Ig
5120-00-198-5390 1 KEY : 3/8 in . , 4-11 /32 in . Ig
5120-00-240-5277 1 KEY : 7/16 in . , 4-27/32 in . Ig
5120-00-198-5391 1 KEY : 1/2 in . , 5-11 /32 in . Ig
5120-00-240-5268 1 KEY : 9/16 in . , 5-27/32 in . Ig
5120-00-224-2510 1 KEY : 5/8 in . , 6-1 /4 in . Ig
5120-00-222-1489 1 KEY : 3/4 in . , 7-11 /32 in . Ig
Change 1 B - 13
TM 9-2350-238-10
47 48
be Jol
FIRST AID KIT

GENCRAL PURPOSE
49
50 51
(1) (2) (3) (4) ( 5)

Number Number FSCM and Part Number On Code U /M Ror
47 6545-00-922-1200 KIT : first aid , 12 units , Size 1 EA 1

( 19204 ) 11677011
48 6230-00-239-3523 LIGHT , EXTENSION : inspection , 25 ft lg ,
EA 1
w/handle , hood , and shield
( 21450 ) 17 -C - 35079-45
49 5120-00-243-2395 MATTOCK : pick w/o handle EA 1
( 19207 ) 11677022
50 5340-00-682-1505 PADLOCK SET : keyed alike , 1 key per lock , SE 2
2 keys per set, w/clevis and chain , 5 padlocks
per set
( 96906 ) S21313-52
51 5120-00-293-0448 PUNCH , ALINING : 3/16 in . dia point, 10 in . Ig EA 1
Type IX
( 81348 ) GGG - P- 831
B- 14
TM 9-2350-238-10 .
(52 53 54
55 56 57
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

52 5120-00-197-9473 PUNCH , BLACKSMITHS : 1/4 in . w /handle EA 1
( 81348 ) GGG -T- 00563
53 4020-00-231-9013 ROPE , FIBROUS : manila , 3 strand , 3/4 in . dia x CL 1
100 ft lg
( 81348 ) TR - 605
54 5120-00-010-7913 SCREWDRIVER , FLAT TIP : 9/64 in . tip width , EA 1
5 in . blade , Type 1 Class 3
( 81348 ) GG -S - 121
55 5120-00-293-3309 SCREWDRIVER , FLAT TIP: 3/8 in . tip width , EA 1
10 in . blade , Type 1 Class 4
( 81348 ) GGG -S - 121
56 4030-00-804-2307 SHACKLE : anchor , 5/8 in . dia pin EA 2
( 75535 ) G2130-1-2
57 4030-00-318-0326 SHACKLE : anchor 1 in . dia pin EA 2
( 19207 ) 7357967
Change 1 B - 15
TM 9-2350-238-10

58 59
60 61 62) ( 63
TIL
(1 ) (2) (3 ) ( 4) (5)
58 4030-00-992-4522 SHACKLE : anchor 1-1 /2 in . dia pin EA 2

( 19207 ) 7357971
59 5120-00-293-3336 SHOVEL, HAND : round point, D-handle , Type IV EA 1
Size 2
( 19207 ) 11655784
60 5120-00-278-0351 SLIP JOINT PLIERS : angle nose , multiple tongue EA 1
and groove , 8 in . size
( 19204) 41 - P- 1567-935
61 5120-00-223-7398 SLIP JOINT PLIERS : w/cutter , 10 in . Ig EA 1
(81348 ) GGG -P-471
62 5120-00-189-7932 SOCKET, SOCKET WRENCH : 1/2 in . sq drive , EA 1
9/16 in . opening
( 81348 ) GGG -W-641
63 5120-00-181-6813 SOCKET, SOCKET WRENCH : 3/4 in . sq drive , EA 1
12 pt 15/16 in . opening
( 81348 ) 5530
B- 16
TM 9-2350-238-10
64 65
66
ชิ ก ปี
(67)
es
o
(1 ) (2) (3) (4) (5)

64 2540-00-653-7589 TARPAULIN : canvas , 12 ft x 12 ft EA 1

( 19207 ) 6537589
EA
65 5140-00-473-6260 TOOL BOX , PORTABLE : 9-3/ 16 in . x 9-1 /2 in . x 1

21 in . w/tray, Type 2 , Class 3
( 19204 ) 7540995
66 3433-00-294-6743 TORCH SET : acetylene and oxygen , medium SE 1

duty, w /wrench , 6 welding tips , and 3 cutting
tips
( 81349 ) MIL-T- 13880
67 2540-01-267-2912 TOWBAR, MOTOR VEHICLE : w/eye and fittings EA 1

( 19207 ) 12322663
TM 9-2350-238-10
68 69 70
7.
71 12
(1 ) ( 2) (3) (4) (5)

68 2530-00-076-7115 TRACK SHOE, VEHICULAR : track (T132E1 ) EA 4

( 19207 ) 10934639
69 4820-00-551-1094 VALVE , REGULATING , FL : compressed gas , EA 1
acetylene w/coupling , adapter, and outlet ,
Type V
( 81349 ) MIL- R- 13877
70 4820-00-281-8191 VALVE , REGULATING , FL : compressed gas , EA 1

oxygen ,, w/coupling ,, adapter,, and outlet, Type
VI
( 36346 ) 998336
I 71 9905-00-534-8376 WARNING DEVICE KIT : highway , triangular SE 1

( 81348 ) RR-W- 1817
72 2530-00-302-6784 WEDGE , IDLER ADJUSTMENT : EA 1

( 19207 ) 11643492
B - 18 Change 1
TM 9-2350-238-10
73
74 ) ( 75 ) ( 76 ៗ17
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

73 4010-00-202-2425 WIRE ROPE ASSEMBLY : steel , w/eyes , 1-1 /8 in . EA 2

x 10 ft lg
( 19207 ) 7360553
74 5120-00-240-5328 WRENCH , ADJUSTABLE : open end , 15/16 in . EA 1

opening 8 in . Ig
( 81348 ) GGG -W- 631
75 5120-00-264-3796 WRENCH , ADJUSTABLE : open end , 1-5 / 16 in . EA 1

opening 12 in . lg
( 19207 ) 11655778-5
76 5120-00-449-8084 WRENCH , ADJUSTABLE : single end , 2-7 / 16 in . EA 1

opening 24 in . Ig
( 72368 ) AC124
77 5120-00-224-3153 WRENCH , BOX : dbl offset , dbl head , 12 point , EA 1

3/8 in . and 7/16 in . opening
( 58536 ) A -A - 1345
B- 19
TM 9-2350-238-10
78079 80
wa
Me
81 (82
(1 ) (2) ( 3) (4) (5)

78 5120-00-224-3154 WRENCH BOX : dbl offset , dbl head , 12 point , EA 1

( 19207 ) 11655785-1
79 5120-00-224-3138 WRENCH , BOX : dbl offset, dbl head , 12 point EA 1
( 55719 ) XS2024
80
5130-00-790-2284 WRENCH , IMPACT , HYDRAULIC : 3/4 in . sq EA 1

drive , 2000 psi , 800 lb ft torque
( 19207 ) 8395499
81 5120-00-277-2342 WRENCH , OPEN END : dbl head , 7/16 and 3/8 EA 1

in .
( 81348 ) 11655789-1
82 5120-00-187-7124 WRENCH , OPEN END : dbl head , 9/16 and 1/2 in . EA 1

( 07886 ) Q462-3
B- 20
TM 9-2350-238-10
83 84
85
WOOD 2000
(1 ) (2) (3 ) (4)
) (5)
Number Number FSCM and Part Number On Code U / M Rar
83 5120-00-980-9283 WRENCH , SOCKET: 4 ft lg EA 1

( 19207 ) 10904436
84 5120-00-288-6468 WRENCH , SPANNER : fixed pivot point , adjustable EA 1

hook wrench , 3/4 to 2 in . circle diameter
( 81348 ) GGG -W- 665
85 5130-00-357-5135 WRENCH SET , SOCKET : 3/4 in . sq drive , SE 1

6 point, heavy duty , w/case
( 81348 ) GGG-W-660
Composed of :
5140-00-322-5965 1 CASE, SOCKET WRENCH : metal
5130-00-449-6656 1 EXTENSION , SOCKET WRENCH : 7 in . Ig
5130-00-449-6657 1 EXTENSION , SOCKET WRENCH : 13 in . Ig
5130-00-227-6698 1 SOCKET, SOCKET WRENCH : 9/16 in . opening
5130-00-227-6700 1 SOCKET , SOCKET WRENCH : 11/16 in . opening
B -21
TM 9-2350-238-10
85
JO
On
LO @ 06
86
(1) (2) (3) (4) ( 5)

Number Number FSCM and Part Number On Code U / M Rar
85 5130-00-357-5135 WRENCH SET - continued :

Composed of :
5130-00-227-6679 1 SOCKET , SOCKET WRENCH : 1 in . opening
5130-00-293-1412 1 SOCKET , SOCKET WRENCH : 1-1 / 16 in . opening
5130-00-227-6681 1 SOCKET , SOCKET WRENCH : 1-1 /8 in . opening
5130-00-227-6683 1 SOCKET , SOCKET WRENCH : 1-1 /4 in . opening
5130-00-227-6684 1 SOCKET , SOCKET WRENCH : 1-5/ 16 in . opening
5130-00-227-6686 1 SOCKET , SOCKET WRENCH : 1-7/ 16 in . opening
5130-00-236-3979 1 SOCKET , SOCKET WRENCH : 1-1 / 2 in . opening
86 5120-00-494-1929 WRENCH, TORCH AND REGULATOR : oxygen and EA 1
acetylene
( 19207 ) 8090028
DA PAM 25-30 TM 9-2350-238-10 OPERATOR'S MANUAL EA 1
DA PAM 25-30 LO 9-2350-238-12 LUBRICATION ORDER EA 1
B -22
TM 9-2350-238-10
APPENDIX C
ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST
Section I. INTRODUCTION
SCOPE EXPLANATION OF LISTING
This appendix lists additional items you are National stock numbers , descriptions, and
authorized for the support of the M578 quantities are provided to help you identify
Recovery Vehicle . and request the additional items you require
to support this equipment .
GENERAL
This list identifies items that do not have to

accompany the M578 Recovery Vehicle and
that do not have to be turned in with it.
These items are authorized to you by CTA,
MTOE , TDA , or JTA .
C- 1
TM 9-2350-238-10
Section II . . ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST
(1) ( 2) (3) (4 ) (5)

Item National Stock Description Usable Qty
Number Number FSCM and Part Number On Code U/M Auth
1 4930-00-204-2550 ADAPTER , GREASE GUN : lubrication gun , EA v

sleeve type
( 81349 ) MIL - L-4387
2 4930-00-288-1511 ADAPTER , GREASE GUN : lubrication gun , EA
<
hydraulic , 12 in . long
(81349 ) MIL- L-4387
3 4240-00-022-2946 AURAL PROTECTOR EA V

( 81349 ) MIL- P- 38268
4 7240-00-222-3088 CAN : gasoline , 5-gal . , standard EA V

( 81902 ) 14196P1
5 2540-00-860-2354 CASE , CROSSCUT SAW : saw , canvas EA
<
( 19207 ) 10876420
6 5110-00-222-0457 HATCHET , CLAW : 4 in . cut EA V

( 81348 ) GGG - H - 131
7 Deleted
8 4930-00-253-2478 LUBRICATING GUN , HAND : 16 oz capacity EA v

( 81349 ) MIL-G - 3859
9 8345-00-174-6865 PANEL MARKER : VS/ 176VX , signal , EA
<
ground-to-air
( 81349 ) MIL-P-40061
10 5120-00-239-8251 PLIERS : side cutting , lineman , 8 -in . Ig EA V

( 81348 ) GGG - P-471
11 5110-00-223-5349 SAW, CROSSCUT , ONE MAN : w/supplemental EA V

handle 4-1 / 2 ft Ig
( 81348 ) GGG -S-64
11.1 4030-01-187-0964 SHACKLE : anchor , 1-1 /4 in . dia pin EA 4

( 19207 ) 12328579
12 7240-00-177-6154 SPOUT : can , flexible , w /filter screen , 16 in . Ig EA V

( 09647 ) 838A7511
13 7310-00-285-6155 STOVE : cooking , gasoline , M1950, 1 burner EA

>
w /case
( 81349 ) MIL- S - 10736
Consisting of :
7310-00-379-2418 1 -CASE : stove , gasoline
7310-00-281-2215 1 -STOVE : cooking , gasoline , M1950
C-2 Change 1
TM 9-2350-238-10
Section II . ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST - CONTINUED -
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5 )

Item National Stock Description Usable Qty
Number Number FSCM and Part Number On Code U /M Auth
14 5120-00-277-8301 WRENCH , OPEN END : 15 degree, dbl head , EA V

( 58536 ) A-A- 1356
EA
15 5120-00-187-7130 WRENCH , OPEN END : 15 degree, dbl head ,
<
(07971 ) E-2628
16 5120-00-277-7025 WRENCH , OPEN END : 15 degree, dbl head , EA
<
15/16 in . and 1 in . opening
( 81348 ) GGG -W-636
<
1-1 / 16 in . and 1-1 /4 in . opening
(81348) GGG -W-636
EA
18 5120-00-288-6551 WRENCH , OPEN END : 15 degree, dbl head ,
<
1-1 /8 in . and 1-3/8 in . opening
( 58536 ) A -A- 1356
<
1-1 /2 in . and 1-3/4 in . opening
( 81348 ) GGG - W -636
C-3/(C-4 blank)
it
0
3
DE
IS
0
a
TM 9-2350-238-10
APPENDIX D
EXPENDABLE/DURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST
Section 1 . INTRODUCTION
SCOPE
This appendix lists expendable supplies and C - Operator/Crew

materials you will need to operate and main
tain the M578 Recovery Vehicle . This listing C. Column ( 3 ) - National Stock Number.
is for informational purposes only and is not This is the National stock number assigned to
authority to requisition the listed items . These the item ; use it to request or requisition the
items are authorized to you by CTA 50-970, item .
Expendable/Durable Items (except Medical ,
Class V , Repair Parts , and Heraldic Items ) , or d. Column ( 4 ) - Description. Indicates the
CTA 8-100, Army Medical Department Ex Federal item name and , if required , a descrip
pendable/Durable Items . tion to identify the item . The last line for each
item indicates the Federal Supply Code for
EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS Manufacturer ( FSCM ) in parentheses followed
by the part number .
a. Column ( 1 ) -Item Number. This number
is assigned to the entry in the listing and is e. Column ( 5 ) - Unit of Measure ( U / M ). In
referenced in the narrative instructions to dicates the measure used in performing the
identify the material (e.g. , “ Use cleaning actual maintenance function . This measure is
compound , item 5 , appx D ' ' ) . expressed by a two-character alphabetical ab
breviation (e.g. , ea , in . , pr) . If the unit of
1
b. Column ( 2 ) -Level. This column iden measure differs from the unit of issue , requi
tifies the lowest level of maintenance that re sition the lowest unit of issue that will satisfy
quires the listed item . your requirements .
D- 1
TM 9-2350-238-10
Section II . EXPENDABLE/DURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST
4
)
2
(
(1 ) ( 3) ( 4) (5)
ITEM
NUMBER
. LEVEL
NATIONAL
STOCK
NUMBER DESCRIPTION U /M
1 C ADHESIVE : reclaimed rubber, liquid ,

general purpose
( 81349 ) MIL-A - 5092
8040-00-262-9025 4 oz tube OZ
8040-00-262-9026 ( 80244 ) MMM -A - 1617 type 1
1/2 pt can PT
2 C ANTIFREEZE : coolant, engine,

ethyleneglycol , inhibited
(81349 ) MIL-A -46153
6850-00-181-7929 1 gal . can GL
6850-00-181-7933 5 gal . can GL
3 С CLEANER , LUBRICANT A : CLP

( 81349 ) MIL-L-63460
9150-00-053-6688 1 gal . container GL
9150-01-054-6453 1 pt container PT
4 с CLEANING COMPOUND : optical lens ОТ

( 81349 ) MIL-C -43454
6850-00-227-1887 1 qt can
5 С 6850-00-598-7328 CLEANING , COMPOUND , ENGINE KT

COOLING SYSTEM : w/conditioner
and inhibitor 1 kit for 18-22 qt
capacity
( 81349 ) MIL-C - 10597
6 с CLEANING COMPOUND , SOLVENT : GL

degreasing self -emulsifying
( 81349 ) MIL-C - 11090
6850-00-224-6665 5 gal . can
7 с CLOTH , ABRASIVE : crocus, ferric SH

oxide and quartz , cloth back ,
( 58536 ) A -A- 1206
5350-00-221-0872 50 sheet pack
8 C COATING , aliphatic polyurethane :

black
( 81349 ) MIL- C- 53039
8010-01-229-7540 1 gt kit ОТ
8010-01-229-7541 1 gal , kit GL
D -2
TM 9-2350-238-10
Section II . EXPENDABLE / DURABLE SUPPLIES

AND MATERIALS LIST - CONTINUED
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5 )

NATIONAL
ITEM STOCK
NUMBER LEVEL NUMBER DESCRIPTION U/M
9 С COATING , aliphatic polyurethane

brown 383
( 81349 ) MIL- C - 53039
8010-01-229-7543 1 qt kit OT
8010-01-229-7544 1 gal kit GL
10 с COATING , aliphatic polyurethane

green 383
( 81349 ) MIL -C - 53039
8010-01-229-7546 1 qt kit OT
8010-01-229-9561 1 gal kit GL
11 с COATING , aliphatic polyurethane

sand
( 81349 ) MIL-C - 53039
8010-01-234-2934 1 qt kit QT
8010-01-234-2935 1 gal kit GL
12 с
COATING , epoxy-polyamide : clear
( 81349 ) MIL-C - 22750
8010-00-959-4661 1 qt kit OT
13 С COATING , epoxy-polyamide : white

1
( 81349 ) MIL-C - 22750

8010-01-154-2334 1 qt kit QT
8010-01-053-2647 2 qt kit QT
8010-00-082-2439 2 gal kit GL
14 С DEICING -DEFROST, FLUID GL

( 81349) MIL-A-8243
6850-00-901-0591 5 gal . can
Acceptable
Replacement for
6850-01-039-3842
15 С DRY CLEANING SOLVENT : liquid ,

white , 140 degree flash point
( SD - 2 )
( 81348 ) P-D - 680
6850-00-281-3061 4 oz can OZ
6850-00-281-1985 1 gal can GL
16 C 9110-00-391-7813 FUEL, JELLIED ALCOHOL : 2-5/8 oz OZ

can
( 50616 ) 4006
D-3
TM 9-2350-238-10
Section II . EXPENDABLE/DURABLE SUPPLIES

-
(1) (2) (3) ( 4) (5)

NATIONAL
ITEM STOCK
17 С GLOVE NEOPRENE : use with

P-D- 680 ( SD - 2 )
( 81349 ) MIL - G - 43976
8415-01-138-2504 medium PR
8415-01-138-2503 large PR
18 с 4240-00-816-3819 GOGGLES : use with P- D- 680 ( SD - 2 ) EA

( 74936 ) WA60-580746-0315
19 С GREASE , AUTOMOTIVE AND
ARTILLERY : ( GAA )
( 81349 ) MIL-G - 10924
9150-01-197-7693 14 oz carton OZ
9150-01-197-7690 1.75 lb can LB
9150-01-197-7689 6.5 lb can LB
20
с HYDRAULIC FLUID, PETROLEUM

BASE : ( OHT )
( 98308 ) BRAYCO783C
9150-00-935-9807 1 qt can QT
9150-00-935-9808 1 gal can GL
21
C INHIBITOR , CORROSION , LIQUID OZ

COOLING SYSTEM : powder
( 81348) O -1-490
6850-00-753-4967 6 oz can
22
с LAMP ASSEMBLY : stop ( right tail EA

light)
6220-01-292-9872 ( 19207 ) 12360870-2
23 С 6240-01-284-1925 LAMP, HALOGEN : ( headlamps ) EA

( 19207 ) 12360840-1
24 С 6240-00-019-3093 LAMP, INCANDESCENT: single EA

contact , bayonet candelabra base,
No. 623 ( dome light )
( 96906 ) MS 15570-623
25 С 6240-00-044-6914 LAMP , INCANDESCENT: single EA
contact , bayonet candelabra base ,
No. 1683 (extension light cord )
( 96906 ) MS35478-1683
D -4 Change 1
TM 9-2350-238-10
Section II . EXPENDABLE /DURABLE SUPPLIES

(
)
(1) ( 2) ( 3) (4 ) ( 5)
NATIONAL
ITEM STOCK
26 с 6240-00-295-2668 LAMP, INCANDESCENT : single EA

contact , bayonet candelabra base ,
No. 1691 (dome light )
( 96906 ) MS35478-1691
27
с 6240-00-950-1727 LAMP , INCANDESCENT : single EA

contact , No. 757 ( winter kit
coolant heater )
( 08806 ) 757
EA
28 с 5980-01-285-6689 LED : T1-3/4 based ( high beam and
master switch indicator lights )
( 19207 ) 12360905-1
29 с 5980-01-285-6688 LED : T3-1 /4 based ( low engine EA
coolant , suspension locked , instru
ment and switch lamps , filter
bypass , flasher indicator , and
clutch engaged lights )
( 19207 ) 12360890-1
30 с 6220-01-284-2709 MARKER ASSEMBLY : (taillight ) EA

( 19207 ) 12360830-1
31
с 6220-01-290-9346 MARKER ASSEMBLY : ( headlamp ) EA

( 19207 ) 12360860-2
32 с OIL , LUBRICATING : chain and LB
wire rope , Type II (CWII )
( 81348 ) VV - L - 751
9150-00-234-5199 5 lb can
33 с OIL , LUBRICATING , INTERNAL

1
COMBUSTION ENGINE : ( OE / HDO )

( 81349 ) MIL- L- 2104B
9150-00-189-6727 1 gt can OE / HDO 10 OT
9150-00-186-6668 1 gal can OE /HDO 10 GL
9150-01-152-4117 1 qt can 15W40 1 qt
9150-01-152-4118 1 gal can 15W40 1 gallon
34 С OIL , LUBRICATING , INTERNAL
COMBUSTION ENGINE : ( OEA )
( 15445 ) CONOCO 600 fluid
9150-00-402-2372 1 qt can ОТ
9150-00-242-7603 5 gal can GL
D-5
TM 9-2350-238-10
Section II . EXPENDABLE/DURABLE SUPPLIES

AND MATERIALS LIST – CONTINUED
-
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

NATIONAL
ITEM STOCK
NUMBER LEVEL NUMBER DESCRIPTION U /M
PZ
35 C 6640-00-285-4694 PAPER , LENS : cleaning paper, Type I
Class 3 , packet
( 81348 ) NNN - P-40
EA
36
с 7920-00-205-1711 RAG , WIPING : cleaned , 50 lb bale

( 58536 ) A -A - 531
37 С SEALING COMPOUND : w/brush

( 81349 ) MIL-S -45180
8030-00-291-1787 1 pt can PT
8030-00-252-3391 11 oz tube OZ
38 C 6850-00-880-7616 SILICONE COMPOUND : 8 oz tube OZ

(81349 ) MIL-S-8660
39 С 8010-00-181-8080 THINNER : 1 gal . Type 1 (for use GL

with aliphatic polyurethane
coatings)
( 80244 ) MIL-T- 81772
40 С 8010-01-200-2637 THINNER : 1 gal . Type II (for use GL

with epoxy -polyamide coatings )
( 80244 ) MIL-T- 81772
41 С WALKWAY COMPOUND , NO : GL
type 2
( 81349 ) MIL-W - 5044
5610-00-141-7838 1 gal can
D -6
TM 9-2350-238-10
APPENDIX E
STOWAGE AND SIGN GUIDE (FOR COMPONENTS OF

END ITEM , BASIC ISSUE ITEMS , AND APPLICABLE
ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST ITEMS )
SCOPE GENERAL
This appendix shows the locations for The pictures below and on the following
stowage of equipment and materiel required pages show the location of stencils and
to be carried on the M578 Recovery Vehicle . decals used on the M578 Recovery Vehicle .
The numbered items refer to the legend of ac
tual stowage and the written callouts refer to
the signs and decals .
STOWAGE AND SIGN GUIDE-INTERIOR
CHEST SET HEAD SET

2
FLASHLIGHT
PERISCOPE
0
it 1
PERISCOPE
RIFLE RIFLE
OPERATORS SIDE
LEGEND :
1. Periscopes and seals

2. Flashlight
E- 1
TM 9-2350-238-10
STOWAGE AND SIGN GUIDE-INTERIOR - CONTINUED
SPARE
8
BULB BOX
7
RATIONS TOOL
AMMO
BOX
CASE
66
RIFLE
TOOL BAG
TOOL
CONTAINED
BOX
INSIDE
FIRE
EXT
5
]08
4
f
WRENCH CANTEEN CANTEEN AMMO AMMO

FIRST
RIGGERS SIDE CASE CASE
AID KIT
CHEST SET
@
0
HEAD SET
BINOCULARS L
VIEW A - A
E-2
TM 9-2350-238-10
STOWAGE AND SIGN GUIDE-INTERIOR - CONTINUED
LEGEND - Continued :
O
3. First aid kit

4. Wrench (AC124 )
5. Fire extinguisher, portable
6. Lower stowage compartment
Bag , tool
Blade, hacksaw
Carrier, tool
wire cutter
Driftpin
Extension , ratchet
File
Frame
Handle
Key set
Plier (41 -P- 1567935)
Punch , blacksmith's
Ratchet
Screwdriver
Sockets
Wrench ( 11655789-1 , A-A- 1356, and GGG-W-665)
Cable assembly
Wrench set
7. Upper stowage compartment
Tool box
Brush
Cleaner set
Flint, tip friction
Glove
Goggles
Hammer (GGG-H-86)
Igniter
Plier (GGG -P-471 )
Punch , aligning
Regulators, pressure
Torch set
Wrench (GGG-W-631 , 11655778-5, GGG-W-636, 11655785-1 , and GGG-W-636)
Light, extension
8. Lamps (located in spare bulb box )
E-3
TM 9-2350-238-10
STOWAGE AND SIGN GUIDE-EXTERIOR
CHISEL BOLT CLIPPER

EXTENSION GREASE GUN
SHACKLE
00
WIND
DI
arh
WRECKING BAR
M130
सर
PINCH BAR
C CLAMP
angio
...
SLEDGE
MM
J
wn
SPOUT TOW HOOK
Rio
ADAPTER .
INTU KY
SHACKLE
TOW BAR
SPOUT
CLEVIS
LIFT HERE
A
8 TOWING CABLE
SIE 1
2
WATER CAN
US ARMY
OOX 000
META 3
7 DOLU
LIFT
HERE
US ARMY
OOX 000
HULL DRAIN
4
6 LIFT HERE CROWBAR
HULL DRAIN WRENCH

5
E -4
TM 9-2350-238-10
STOWAGE AND SIGN GUIDE-EXTERIOR - CONTINUED
LEGEND :
1. Wire rope assembly Clevis assembly

2. Block , tackle Extension
Gun , lubrication
3. Water can
4. Crowbar Hammer
5. Wrench ( 10904436 ) Hook , tow
6. In bin under cab floor Pinch bar
Kit, reflector and flag Shackle assemblies ( 6 )
Hose assemblies (4) Spout
7. Exterior stowage compartment Wedge
oso
Chain assemblies (6) 9. Tarpaulin
Cutter, wire rope 10. Case , Saw
Saw
Jack, hydraulic ( 2)
11. Tow bar
Rope
8. Tool locker 12. Track shoe assembly (4)
Adapter 13. Cylinder , oxygen
Bar , socket wrench 14. Cylinder, acetylene
Chisel
9 PAULIN
(TARPAULIN )
HYDRAULIC
OIL 10
SAW
14
OXYGEN
CYLINDER
ACETYLENE
CYLINDER
13
HULL DRAIN
SPARE TRACK
12 LIFT
TOW BAR HERE
11
E-5
TM 9-2350-238-10
STOWAGE AND SIGN GUIDE-EXTERIOR – CONTINUED
LEGEND - Continued :
-
4. Crowbar 22. Fixture, track connecting

15. Block, tackle , snatch 23. Tow cable
16 . Vise 24. Axe
17. Extinguisher , fire, portable 25. Shovel
18. Mattock
19. Handle , mattock wood
20. Left front fender storage
Hose assembly 10867293
Hose assembly 10867295
Wrench , impact hydraulic
21 . Inside driver's compartment
Bag assembly
Binder equipment log book
Operator's manual
Lubrication order
Flashlight
25 GAS CAN
Periscopes and seals
SHOVEL
24
AXE GAS CAN
M13 DAP
TOWING CABLE 23 ( DECONTAMINATING
APPARATUS )
TRACK CONNECTING 22
FIXTURE
SNATCH
BLOCK
15
let
‫ܓ ܘܢ‬
US ARMY
LIFT OOX 000
HERE 4
FIRE
STEP EXT
16 CROWBAR
20
MATTOCK 17
HANDLE MATTOCK
19
18
E -6
TM 9-2350-238-10
APPENDIX F
ON -VEHICLE EQUIPMENT LOADING PLAN
This is a standard load plan for the M578 within the Army equipped with this vehicle . It
Recovery Vehicle . It is designed to supple does not include items shown in Appendix E.
ment the stowage and sign guide contained in Equipment not shown in either this document
Appendix E. It includes selected items of per or Appendix E may be loaded in accordance
sonal and unit equipment issued to most units with local command policy .
LEGEND :
1. Rucksacks
2. Bedrolls
302.
0
0
0
F- 1 /(F-2 blank )
TM 9-2350-238-10
INDEX
Subject Page
Additional authorization list:

Explanation of listing C- 1
General .
C- 1
Listing C -2
Scope C- 1
Adjustments , initial .. 2-50
After fording maintenance 3-56
After operation services 2-66
Air filters :
Cleaning 3-43
Inspection . 3-42
Installation 3-44
Removal . 3-42
Wet filters 3-44
Arctic traction kit . 5-11
Assembly and preparation for use 2-50
Auxiliary equipment :
Caliber .50 machine gun . 2-93,
4-1
Caliber .50 machine gun mount 2-92 ,
4-1
Caliber : 50 machine gun mount nomenclature . 2-92
Communication equipment 2-96 ,
4-3
Fixed fire extinguisher . 2-93 ,
4-3
Gas-particulate filter unit . .
2-94,
4-3
General 4-1
Impact wrench 2-86,
4-4
Portable fire extinguisher 2-94,
4-4
Basic issue items list . B-4

Basic issue items maintenance . 3-52
Batteries:
Cold weather maintenance 3-54
Corrosion .. 3-36
Deep cycling 3-36
General .
3-34
Hookup 3-35
Hot weather maintenance . 3-56
In use 3-36
Lead connections 3-35
1-1
TM 9-2350-238-10
Subject Page
Not in use 3-36
Replacing battery 3-35
Troubleshooting 3-20
Unserviceable 1 3-36
Battle damage 2-115
Block, boom 1-5 ,
3-52
Block , tow winch . 3-52
Boom :
Description 1-5
Emergency operation 2-88
Operation ... 2-76
Boom winch :
Description .. 1-11 ,
1-14
Operation .. 2-75
Boots, winterization kit 5-2
Cab :
Description .. 1-5
Emergency traversing 2-90
Maintenance , hot weather 3-56
Maintenance , after fording • 3-56
Traversing 2-78
Troubleshooting . 3-23
Cab heater, winterization kit . . 5-2
Checks and services, preventive maintenance
. . 2-18
Checks daily . 2-50
Cold weather, maintenance 3-54
Cold weather, operation . 2-110
Communication equipment O 2-96 ,
4-3
Components , major, location and description 1-3

Components of end item and basic issue items list :
Basic issue items list B-4
Components of end item list . . B-2
Explanation of columns .. B- 1
General B- 1
Scope . B- 1
Controls :
Crane operator . 2-8
Driver's compartment 2-3
Rigger's . 2-8
Vehicle . 2-12
Coolant :
Adding . 3-29
Draining . 3-30
Coolant heater, winterization kit 5-2
1-2
TM 9-2350-238-10
Subject Page
Cooling system , engine ( See Engine cooling system )

Covers , winterization kit 5-2
Daily checks , initial adjustments and 2-50

Data , equipment 1-13
Decontamination procedures , nuclear, biological , and chemical ( NBC ) 2-115
Driver's enclosure , winterization kit 5-2
Driver's heater . 5-1
Dry heat, extreme , operation in 2-109
Dust and sand storms , operation in 2-109
Dust, extreme, operation in ... 2-109
EIR's .. 1-2
Emergency procedures :
Lowering boom . 2-88
Raising spade 2-90
Releasing boom winch brake 2-88
Releasing spade 2-90
Releasing tow winch brake . 2-89
Traversing cab .. 2-90
Engine cooling system :
Adding coolant .. 3-29
Draining coolant 3-30
Fan belt tensioner adjustment . 3-31
Equipment characteristics , capabilities , and features :
Purpose .. 1-3
Capabilities and features . 1-3
Equipment data :
Batteries ... 1-15
Boom winch 1-14
Capacities 1-16
Engine . 1-13
General 1-13
Generator 1-15
Machine gun . 1-15
Performance u 1-16
Tow winch 1-15
Transmission 1-14
Equipment improvement recommendations (EIR's ) , reporting 1-2
Expendable/durable supplies and materials list :
Explanation of columns . ! D- 1
Listing D -2
Scope D- 1
Extinguishers , fire ( See Fire extinguishers )
Extreme cold , operation in 2-110
Extreme dry heat , operation in 2-109
Extreme dust , operation in . 2-109
Extreme moist heat , operation in 2-108
1-3
TM 9-2350-238-10
Subject Page
F
Fan belt tensioner 3-31

Filters , air (See Air filters)
Filter unit , gas -particulate . 2-94,
4-3
Fire extinguishers:
Fixed 2-93 ,
4-3
Portable 2-94 ,
4-4
Fording 2-113,
3-56
Forms and records , maintenance 1-2
Fuel system :
Fuel filters . 3-32
Refuel 3-33
Gas-particulate filter unit 2-94 ,

4-3
Gas , toxic , operation in 2-109
Gun , machine 2-93 ,
4-1
Hand receipt ( -HR ) manuals 1-2

Heat , dry , extreme , operation in
. +
2-109
Heater :
Cab 5-4
Coolant . 5-4
Driver's 5-1
Immersion . 5-4
Heat , moist , extreme , operation in 2-108
Hot weather, maintenance 2-108
Hooks , tow 3-52
Immersion heater , winterization kit ... 5-2

Impact Wrench :
Maintenance . 4-4
Operation .. 2-86
Initial adjustments and daily checks 2-50
Kits , special purpose ( See Special purpose kits )
1-4
TM 9-2350-238-10
Subject Page
Lamp replacement :
Clutch engaged indicator light . 3-41
Dome light . 3-38
General 3-36
Generator charge indicator light . 3-40
Filter bypass light . 3-40
Flasher indicator light 3-41
Headlamps 3-36
High beam indicator light 3-39
Low engine coolant warning light 3-38
Low oil warning indicator light 3-40
Master switch indicator light . 3-39
Panel light 3-38
Stoplight 3-37
Suspension locked indicator light . 3-39
Taillight . 3-37
Level wind :
Adjustment 3-51
Description . 1-5
Operation .. 2-81
Lists :
Additional authorization C- 1
Basic issue items .. B-4
Components of end item B- 2
Expendable/durable supplies and materials D- 2
References . A- 1
Lockout system , suspension . 2-68
Lubrication order :
General ... 3-2
Lubrication after fording operation . . 3-3
Maintaining proper lubricant levels 3-3
Service intervals - normal 3-2
Touchup and recoating 3-2
M17 periscope (See Periscope , M17 )

Machine gun . 2-93 ,
4-1
Machine gun mount . . 2-92 ,
4-1
Maintenance forms and records 1-2
Maintenance under unusual conditions :
After fording 3-56
Extreme cold weather 3-54
Extreme hot weather 3-56
General . 3-53
Unusual terrain 3-57
1-5
TM 9-2350-238-10
Subject Page
Maintenance , winterization kit .. 5-2
Moist heat, extreme, operation in . 2-108
Major components , location and description 1-3
Mount , machine gun . 2-92 ,
4-1
Normal conditions, operating vehicle under ... 2-50

Nuclear, biological , and chemical (NBC) decontamination procedures . 2-115
On -Vehicle equipment loading plan F- 1

Operating crane :
Boom operation 2-76
Boom winch operation 2-75
Hoisting and tow winching capacities - spade properly emplaced . 2-74
Hoisting and tow winching capacities - spade retracted .. . 2-74
Hoisting and tow winching load rating capacities instruction plate 2-73
Level wind operation . 2-80
Operating spade ... 2-69
Operating suspension lockout system 2-68
Operation precautions .. 2-72
Reeving boom winch wire rope . 2-77
Starting hydraulic system .. 2-67
Tow winch and wire rope operation 2-83
Tow winch operation 2-79
Traversing the cab ... 2-78
Operating vehicle under normal conditions:
Backing vehicle ... 2-62
Decals and instruction plates.. 2-105
Driving on rough and hilly terrain . . 2-61
Driving vehicle .. 2-57
Instrument panel checkout procedures . 2-54
Normal engine starting .... 2-52
Operation of driving lights and dome light . 2-57
Operation of light switch assembly 2-57
Pre -starting instructions 2-51
Shifting transmission . 2-60
Starting engine by towing . 2-56
Starting engine using auxiliary equipment 2-55
Towing a disabled M578 Recovery Vehicle 2-63
Towing other disabled vehicles 2-65
Operation in extreme cold 2-110
Operation in extreme dry heat C 2-109
Operation in extreme moist heat, salt or sea air spray . 2-108
Operation in toxic gas, extreme dust, or dust and sand storms 2-109
Operation on unusual terrain :
Ice .. 2-113
Mud . 2-113
Sand 2-113
Snow . 2-113
1-6
TM 9-2350-238-10
Subject Page
Periscope, M17:
Crane operator's 1 2-8
Driver's .. 2-4,
2-13
Replacement . 3-52
Rigger's .. 2-8
Pintle , towing 3-52
PMCS (See Preventive maintenance checks and services )
Preparation for use , assembly and 2-50
Plugs, winterization kit .. 5-2
Preventive maintenance checks and services ( PMCS ) :
Air cleaners 2-36
Batteries . 2-43
Belt 2-46
Cal .50 machine gun M2 2-29
Communications.. 2-28
Controls and handling : 2-31
Crane cabi 2-25
Crane operator controls . 2-26
Drain valves ... 2-20
Driver's compartment . 2-21
Engine compartment fluid levels . 2-33
Engine shutdown . 2-32
Final drive 2-36
Fire extinguishers 2-22
Fuel filters 2-22
Fuel level ... + 2-35
Gas-particulate filter unit 0
2-25
General .. 2-18
Hand pump operation .
2-44
Hatches and doors 1 2-42
Hubs ... . 2-32
Instrument panel . 2-23
Lights and crane lights 1
2-44
Oil lines 2-47
PMCS procedures . 2-19
Power plant reservoir 2-48
Radiators 2-21
Spade 2-41
Suspension lockout system . 2-40
Track and wheels .
2-38
Traversing system 2-48
Vehicle interior 2-21
Vehicle exterior 2-20
Wire rope . 2-31
1-7
TM 9-2350-238-10
Subject Page
R
Records, maintenance forms and 1-2

Recovery operation :
Boom and boom winch operation 2-85
Hydraulic impact wrench operation 2-86
Vehicle operation 2-84
Reeving , boom winch wire rope . . 2-86
References A- 1
Reporting equipment improvement recommendations ( EIR's) . 1-2
Rope, wire (See Wire rope )
S
Salt air or sea spray , operation in . 2-108

Sand storms , operation in 2-109
Scope :
Introduction 1-1
Sea spray , operation in 2-108
Seat , driver's and crew's 3-52
Services , after operation 2-66
Services , checks , and preventive maintenance 2-18
Spade :
Emergency . 2-89
Emplacement . 2-69
Operating O
2-69
Raising . 2-90
Special purpose kits :
Arctic traction kit . 5-11
Driver's heater kit . . 5-1
General 5-1
Winterization kit . 5-2
Special tools .. 3-52
Storms, dust and sand , operation in 2-109
Stowage and sign guide:
General E- 1
Scope . E- 1
Suspension lockout system . 2-68
Symptom index 3-3
Technical principles of operation 1-17

Tension check , track (See Track tension check )
Tensioner , fan belt .. 3-31
Terrain , unusual , operation in . 2-113
Tools , special 3-52
Tow hooks 3-52
1-8
TM 9-2350-238-10
Subject Page
Tow winch :
Description ... 1-15
Operation 2-79
Tow winch block 1 3-52
Towing pintle 3-52
Toxic gas , operation in I 2-109
Track :
Installing 3-50
Removal . 3-48
Spindle and idler arm 3-48
Track tension check :
Decreasing 3-46
Increasing 3-47
Trays, winterization kit 5-2
Troubleshooting :
Battery and generating system 3-20
Cab , boom , and winches 3-23
Cab electrical system 3-23
Driving controls and linkages 3-17
Engine . 3-5
Lighting system 3-19
Tracks and suspension . 3-21
Transmission 3-15
Unusual terrain maintenance 3-57

Unusual terrain , operation on . 2-113
Vehicle controls . .
2-12
Vehicle operation 1
2-84
Winch , tow ( See Tow winch )

Winterization kit :
Boots .. 5-2
Cab heater 5-2
Coolant heater . 5-2
Covers 5-2
Description .. 5-2
Driver's enclosure 5-2
Immersion heater 5-2
Maintenance . 5-2
Plugs 5-2
Trays . 5-2
Wire rope maintenance 3-52
Wrench , impact :
Maintenance . . . 4-4
Operation . 2-86
I-9/( 1-10 blank )

By Order of the Secretary of the Army:
CARL E. VUONO
General, United States Army
Chicf of Staff
Official:
WILLIAM J. MEEHAN II
Brigadier General, United States Army
The Adjutant General
DISTRIBUTION : To be distributed in accordance with DA Form 12-37 , ( Block 928 ) ,
Operator Maintenance Requirements for Vehicle , Recovery , Light , Full -Tracked , M578 .
TM 9-2350-238-10
C1
CHANGE HEADQUARTERS
No. 1 Washington D.C. , 22 January 1991
OPERATOR'S MANUAL
RECOVERY VEHICLE , FULL TRACKED :

LIGHT, ARMORED , M578
( 2350-00-439-6242 )
TM 9-2350-238-10, 27 April 1990, is changed as follows :

. .
1.
.
Remove old pages and insert new pages as indicated below .
2. New or changed material is indicated by a vertical bar in the margin of the page .
3. Revised illustrations are indicated by a miniature pointing nand .
Remove Pages Insert Pages
2-19 through 2-26 2-19 through 2-26

2-33 and 2-34 2-33 and 2-34
2-37 through 2-40 2-37 through 2-40
2-45 and 2-46 2-45 and 2-46
2-53 and 2-54 2-53 and 2-54
2-93 and 2-94 2-93 and 2-94
2-115/ ( 2-116 blank ) 2-115/ ( 2-116 blank)
3-47 and 3-48 3-47 and 3-48
A - 1 and A - 2 A - 1 and A - 2
B- 11 through B- 18 B- 11 through B- 18
C- 1 and C-2 C - 1 and C - 2
D-3 and D-4 D - 3 and D - 4
4. File this change sheet in the back of the publication for reference purposes .
By Order of the Secretary of the Army :
CARL E. VUONO
General , United States Army
Chief of Staff
Official :
JOHN A. FULMER
Colonel , United States Army
Acting The Adjutant General
DISTRIBUTION :
To be distributed in accordance with DA Form 12-37E , ( Block 0928 ) ,

Operator's Maintenance Requirements for TM 9-2350-238-10 .
☆ U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1991 281-486 / 43416

RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO EQUIPMENT TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS
SOMETHING WRONG WITH THIS PUBLICATION?

FROM ( PAINT YOUR UNIT'S COMPLETE ADDRESS )
THEN JOT DOWN THE
DOPE ABOUT IT ON THIS Your mailing address
FORM. CAREFI'LLY TEAR IT
OUT . FOLD IT AND DROP IT
IN THE MAIL .' DATE SENT
Date you filled out this form
PUBLICATION NUMBER PUBLICATION DATE PUBLICATION TITLE Operator's manual for
TM 9-2350-238-10 27 Apr 90 M578 Recovery Vehicle
BE EXACT PIN-POINT WHERE IT IS
IN THIS SPACE TELL WHAT IS WRONG
PAGE PARA FIGURE TABLE AND WHAT SHOULD BE DONE ABOUT IT:
NO GRAPH NO NO
1-6 CALLOUTS 6 AND 7 NEED TO BE REVERSED .
L E
M P
S A
PAINTEO NAME , GRADE OR TITLE , ANO TELEPHONE NUMBER . SIGN HERE
Your Name
FORM PREVIOUS EDITIONS

DS . IF YOUR OUTFIT WANTS TO KNOW ABOUT YOUR
DA , 1 JUL 73 2028-2 ARE OBSOLETE .
RECOMMENDATION MAKE A CARBON COPY OF THIS
AND GIVE IT TO YOUR HEADQUARTERS
SOMETHING WRONG WITH THIS PUBLICATION??

FROM PAINT YOUA UNIT S COMPLETE ADORESS )
THEN JOT DOWN THE
DOPE ABOUT IT ON THIS
FORM. CAREFI'LLY TEAR IT
OLT . FOLD IT AND DROP IT

BE EXACT PIN-POINT WHERE IT IS
NO GRAPH NO NO
PAINTED NAME , GAADE OR TITLE, ANO TELEPHONE NUMBEP SIGN HERE
PREVIOUS EDITIONS PS --F YOUR OUTFIT WANTS TO KNOW ABOUT YOUR

DA , FON , 2028-2
JUL 79 ARE OBSOLETE . RECOMMENDATION MAKE A CARBON COPY OF THIS
REVERSE OF DA FORM 2028.2 AMSMC OP- 103.85
1
|
PERFORATED
1
ALONG
TEAR
LINE
FILL IN YOUR
UNIT'S ADDRESS
FOLD BACK
-
-
-
-
--
1
1
OFFICIAL BUSINESS
1
COMMANDER
US ARMY ARMAMENT, MUNITIONS
AND CHEMICAL COMMAND
ATTN : AMSMC-MAS
ROCK ISLAND , IL 61201-9948
1
SOMETHING WRONG WITH THIS PUBLICATION??

FROM ( PRINT YOUA UNIT'S COMPLETE ADDRESS )
THEN JOT DOWN THE
DOPE ABOUT IT ON THIS
FORM . CAREFI'LLY TEAR IT
OUT . FOLD IT AND DROP IT

BE EXACT PIN- POINT WHERE IT IS
MO GRAPH NO NO
PRINTED NAME , GAADE OR TITLE, ANO TELEPHONE NUMBEP. SIGN HERE
PREVIOUS EDITIONS
DA 1, FORM
JUL 79 2028-2 ARE OBSOLETE .
PS --IF YOUR OUTFIT WANTS TO KNOW ABOUT YOUR
RECOMMENDATION MAKE A CARBON COPY OF THIS
REVERSE OF DA FORM 2028-2 AMSMC OP.103.85
1
1
1
1
1
PERFORATED
1
ALONG
TEAR
LINE
FILL IN YOUR
UNIT'S ADDRESS
FOLD BACK
-
-
-
1
OFFICIAL BUSINESS
COMMANDER
US ARMY ARMAMENT , MUNITIONS
AND CHEMICAL COMMAND 1
ATTN : AMSMC-MAS
ROCK ISLAND, IL 61201-9948 1
METRIC CHART
THE METRIC SYSTEM AND EQUIVALENTS
LINEAR MEASURE SQUARE MEASURE
1 Centimeter = 10 Millimeters 0.01 Meters = 0.3937 Inches 1 Sq Centimeter 100 Sq Millimeters 0.155 Sq Inches
1 Meter 100 Centimeters 1000 Millimeters = 39.37 Inches 1 Sq Meter =
10,000 Sq Centimeters 10.76 Sq Feet
-
1 Kilometer = 1000 Meters = 0.621 Miles 1 Sq Kilometer = 1,000,000 Sq Meters 0.386 Sq Miles
WEIGHTS CUBIC MEASURE
1 Gram 0.001 Kilograms =

1000 Milligrams = 0.035 Ounces 1 Cu Centimeter 1000 Cu Millimeters = 0.06 Cu Inches
1 Kilogram =
1000 Grams 2.2 Lb 1 Cu Meter = ' 1,000,000 Cu Centimeters
=
35.31 Cu Feet
1 Metric Ton 1000 Kilograms 1 Megagram 1.1 Short Tons
TEMPERATURE
LIQUID MEASURE
5/9 ( ° F -32 ) °C
1 Milliliter 0.001 Liters 0.0338 Fluid Ounces 212 ° Fahrenheit is equivalent to 100 ° Celsius
1 Liter 1000 Milliliters = 33.82 Fluid Ounces 90 ° Fahrenheit is equivalent to 32.2 ° Celsius
32 ° Fahrenheit is equivalent to O ° Celsius
9/5 C ° + 32 = FO
APPROXIMATE CONVERSION FACTORS
TO CHANGE TO MULTIPLY BY
Inches Centimeters 2.540
15
9
Feet . .Meters . 0.305
Yards Meters . 0.914
Miles , Kilometers
14
1.609
Square Inches Square Centimeters 6.451
Square Feet . . Square Meters 0.093
13
Square Yards Square Meters 0.836
10.11
Square Miles Square Kilometers 2.590
Acres . Square Hectometers . 0.405
12
Cubic Feet Cubic Meters . 0.028
Cubic Yards . Cubic Meters 0.765
Fluid Ounces Milliliters 29.573
Pints Liters . 0.473
Quarts Liters , 0.946
Gallons Liters . 3.785
Ounces Grams 28.349
Pounds Kilograms 0.454
Short Tons Metric Tons 0.907
9
Pound -Feet Newton- Meters 1.356

Pounds per Square Inch .
Kilopascals .. 6.895
Miles per Gallon .. Kilometers per Liter 0.425
8
Miles per hour Kilometers per Hour 1.609

7
TO CHANGE TO MULTIPLY BY
Centimeters Inches 0.394

9
Meters . Feet . 3.280

Meters Yards 1.094
5
Kilometers Miles 0.621

Square Centimeters Square Inches 0.155
Square Meters Square Feet 10.764
4
Square Meters Square Yards 1.196

Square Kilometers . Square Miles 0.386
Square Hectometers . Acres 2.471
3
Cubic Meters Cubic Feet 35.315

Cubic Meters Cubic Yards 1.308
INCHES 1
Milliliters Fluid Ounces 0.034

2
Liters . Pints 2.113

Liters Quarts 1.057
Liters Gallons 0.264
1
СМ
Grams Ounces 0.035

.
o
Kilograms Pounds 2.205

Metric Tons . Short Tons 1.102
Newton - Meters Pound -Feet 0.738
Kilopascals . . . Pounds per Square Inch 0.145
Kilometers per Liter Miles per Gallon . 2.354
Kilometers per Hour Miles per Hour . 0.621
UNIVERSI M
TY OF INNESOTA
3 1951 D03 645503 M
PIN : 028664-000

Manual m578 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Manual m578 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Manual m578 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

This is a reproduction of a library book that was digitized

by Google as part of an ongoing effort to preserve the

OPERATION UNDER USUAL

MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES PAGE 3-28

This copy is a reprint which includes current

DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A. Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited .

HEADQUARTERS . DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY

Dry cleaning solvent ( SD - 2 ) is toxic and flammable . Wear protective goggles

Driver will remain in driver's compartment while engine is running .

Electrolytic action forms EXPLOSIVE hydrogen gas . DO NOT cause a spark

Diesel fuel is FLAMMABLE . DO NOT smoke in vicinity while servicing fuel

If transmission is overfilled or reservoir is full , pressure may build up in transmis

GAS - PARTICULATE FILTER UNIT

Do not remove radiator caps on an overheated engine .

CABLE, BOOM , AND LEVEL WIND

Make sure all personnel stand clear of boom .

CARBON MONOXIDE IS A COLORLESS , ODORLESS , DEADLY POISONOUS GAS

CARBON MONOXIDE OCCURS IN THE EXHAUST FUMES OF FUEL- BURNING

1. DO NOT operate heater or engine in an enclosed area unless it is ADE

2. DO NOT idle engine for long periods without maintaining ADEQUATE

THE BEST DEFENSE AGAINST CARBON MONOXIDE POISONING IS ADEQUATE

Refer to FM 21-11 , First Aid for Soldiers .

TECHNICAL MANUAL HEADQUARTERS

DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A. Approved for public release ; distribution is unlimited .

REPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS

CHAPTER 2 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 2-1

Section U Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services 2-18

Section Operation Under Usual Conditions 2-49

Section IV Operation Under Unusual Conditions 2-108

CHAPTER 3 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS 3-1

Section II Troubleshooting Procedures 3-3

Section III Maintenance Procedures 3-28

CHAPTER 4 MAINTENANCE OF AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT • 4-1

* This manual supersedes TM 9-2350-238-10, 17 March 1978 , including all changes .

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED

APPENDIX B COMPONENTS OF END ITEM AND BASIC ISSUE ITEMS LISTS B- 1

APPENDIX C ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST C-1

APPENDIX D EXPENDABLE/DURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST D- 1

APPENDIX E STOWAGE AND SIGN GUIDE (FOR COMPONENTS OF END ITEM ,

APPENDIX F ON -VEHICLE EQUIPMENT LOADING PLAN F- 1

Capabilities and features .. 1-3

Section 1 . GENERAL INFORMATION

Section II . EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION

EQUIPMENT CHARACTERISTICS , CAPABILITIES , AND FEATURES

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

The following pages show location and give a

M578 RECOVERY VEHICLE - LEFT FRONT VIEW

1 CRANE . Crane consists of boom , cab ,

2 HULL . Hull is an armor steel and armor

3 FLOODLIGHT . Two 24- volt sealed beam

4 CRANE OPERATOR'S CUPOLA . Crane

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS - CONTINUED

M578 RECOVERY VEHICLE - LEFT FRONT VIEW - CONTINUED

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS - CONTINUED

M578 RECOVERY VEHICLE - LEFT FRONT VIEW - CONTINUED

5 CAB . Cab is an armor steel weldment 11 FIXED FIRE EXTINGUISHER CONTROL

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS - CONTINUED

M578 RECOVERY VEHICLE - RIGHT REAR VIEW

5 TRAILING IDLER ROAD WHEEL . Two pairs